a u d i o M a t e r ia l

T his c o n m e a n s th e a u d io m aterial is available

o n :n e C la s s A u d io C D s. It c a n also be
d o w n lo a d e d from :
www.cambridge.org/touchstone/audio
 SECOND EDITION

St u d e n t ’s b o o k
2

M ic h a e l M c Ca r t h y

Je a n n i M c Ca r t e n
HELEN S A N D iF O R D

m C a m b r id g e
U N IV E R S IT Y P R E SS
C a m b r id g e
U N IV E R S IT Y PR ESS

32 Avenue o f the Americas, New York, NY 10013-2473, USA

Cambridge University Press is part o f the University o f Cambridge.

it furthers the University’s mission by dissem inating knowledge in the pursuit of

education, learning and research at the highest international levels o f excellence.

www.cam bridge.org
Inform ation on this title : www.cambridge.org/9781107681736

© Cambridge University Press 2005, 2014

This publication is in copyright. Subject to statutory exception

and to the provisions o f relevant collective licensing agreements,
no reproduction o f any part may take place w ith o u t the written
perm ission o f Cambridge University Press.

First published 2005

Second Edition 2014

Printed in Hong Kong, China, by Golden Cup Printing Company Limited

A catalog record fo r this pu b lica tio n is available from the British Library.

i s b n 978-1-107-68173-6 S tu d e n t’ s Book
i s b n 978-1-107-68175-0 S tu d e n t’ s Book A
i s b n 978-1-107-62704-8 S tu d e n t’ s Book В
i s b n 978-1-107-69037-0 W orkbook
i s b n 978-1-107-64988-0 W orkbook A
i s b n 978-1-107-61861-9 W orkbook В
i s b n 978-1-107-65940-7 Full Contact
i s b n 978-1-107-61439-0 Full Contact A
i s b n 978-1-107-66547-7 Full Contact В
i s b n 978-1-107-62402-3 Teacher’ s Edition w ith A ssessm ent A u d io CD/CD-ROM
isbn 978-1-107-67757-9 Class A udio CDs (4)

A d ditional resources for this publication at ww w .cam bridge.org/touchstone2

Cambridge University Press has no responsibility for the persistence or accuracy of

URLs for external or th ird-party internet websites referred to in th is publication,
and does not guarantee th a t any content on such websites is, or w ill remain,
accurate or appropriate. Inform ation regarding prices, travel tim etables, and other
factual inform ation given in this work is correct at the tim e of first printing but
Cambridge University Press does not guarantee the accuracy o f such inform ation
thereafter.
 cknowledgments

Touchstone S e c o n d E dition has b e n e fite d from e x te n s iv e d e v e lo p m e n t A u th o r s ’ A c k n o w le d g m e n ts

research. T h e a u th o rs an d p u b lish ers w o u ld lik e to e xte n d th e ir th a n k s to
The a u th o rs w o u ld lik e to th a n k a ll th e C a m b rid g e U n iv e rs ity Press s ta ff a n d
th e fo llo w in g rev iew ers and c o n s u ltan ts fo r th e ir v a lu a b le in s ig h ts and
fre e la n c e rs w h o w e re in v o lv e d in th e c re a tio n o f T o u c h s to n e S e c o n d E d itio n .
sugg estio ns: In a d d itio n , th e y w o u ld lik e to a c k n o w le d g e a h u g e d e b t o f g ra titu d e th a t
A na L ucia d a C osta M a ia de A lm e id a a n d M o n ic a da C osta M o n te iro d e S ouza th e y o w e to tw o p e o p le : M a ry V a u g h n , fo r h e r ro le in c re a tin g T o u c h s to n e
fro m IBEU, Rio d e Ja n e iro , B ra z il; A n d re z a C ris tia n e M e lo d o Lago fro m M a g ic F irs t E d itio n a n d fo r b e in g a c o n s ta n t s o u rc e o f w is d o m e v e r s in c e , a n d
English S choo l, M a n a u s , B ra z il; M a g a ly M e n d e s L em o s fro m ICBEU, Sao Jose B ryan F le tc h e r, w h o a ls o h a d th e v is io n th a t h as le d to th e s u c c e s s o f
d o s C a m p o s, B ra z il; M a ria L ucia Z a o ro b , S ao P a u lo , B ra z il; P a tric ia M cK ay T o u c h s to n e B le n d e d L e a rn in g .
A ro n is fro m CEL LEP, Sao P a u lo , B ra z il; C a rlo s G o n to w , Sao P a u lo , B ra z il;
H ele n S a n d ifo rd w o u ld lik e to th a n k h e r fa m ily fo r th e ir lo v e a n d s u p p o rt,
C h ris tia n e A u g u s to G o m e s da S ilva fro m Colegio Viscond e de Porto S eguro,
e s p e c ia lly h e r h u s b a n d B ry a n .
Sao P a u lo , B ra z il; S ilv a n a Fo n ta n a fro m Lord’s Id io m a s, Sao P a u lo , B ra z il;
The a u th o r te a m w o u ld a ls o lik e to th a n k e ach o th e r, fo r th e jo y o f w o rk in g
A le x a n d e r F a b ia n o M o ris h ig u e fro m S pe e d Up Id io m a s, Jales, B ra z il;
to g e th e r , s h a rin g th e s a m e p r o fe s s io n a l d e d ic a tio n , a n d fo r th e m u tu a l
E lis a b e th B lo m fro m Casa Th om as Jefferson, B ra s ilia , B ra z il; M ic h e lle D ear
s u p p o r t a n d fr ie n d s h ip .
fro m In te rn a tio n a l A cadem y o f English, T o ro n to , ON, C an a d a; W a lte r D u a rte
M a rin , Laura H u rta d o P o rte la , Jorge Q u iro g a , a n d R ica rd o S u a re z, fro m Centro F in a lly , th e a u th o rs w o u ld lik e to th a n k o u r d e a r fr ie n d A le ja n d ro M a rtin e z ,
Colombo A m ericano, B o g o ta , C o lo m b ia ; Jhon Jairo C a sta n e d a M a c ia s fro m G lo b a l T ra in in g M a n a g e r, w h o s a d ly p a s s e d a w a y in 2 0 12 . He is g re a tly
Praxis English A cadem y, B u c a ra m a n g a , C o lo m b ia ; G lo ria L ilia n a M o re n o m is s e d b y a ll w h o had th e p le a s u re to w o r k w ith h im . A le x w a s a h u g e
V iz c a in o fro m U niversidad S anto Tom as, B o g o ta , C o lo m b ia ; E liz a b e th O rtiz s u p p o r te r o f T o u c h s to n e a n d e v e ry o n e is d e e p ly g ra te fu l to h im fo r h is
fro m C opol English In s titu te (COPEI), G u a y a q u il, E cu a d o r; H enry F oster fro m c o n tr ib u tio n to its s u c c e s s .
Kyoto T achib an a U niversity, K yo to , Ja pa n ; S te ve n K irk fro m Tokyo U niversity,
Tokyo, Ja pa n ; J. Lake fro m Fukuoka W o m a n ’s U niv e rs ity, F u ku o ka , Japa n ;
its u k o Y o s h id a fro m M ie U niv e rs ity, M ie , Ja pa n ; B. B ric k lin Z e ff fro m H okkai
Gakuen U niversity, H o k k a id o , Japa n ; Z ia d A b u -H a m a tte h fro m A l-B a lq a ’
A pplied U niv e rs ity, A l-S a lt, Jo rda n ; R oxana Perez Flores fro m U niversidad
A utonom a de C oahuila Lang uage C enter, S a ltillo , M e x ic o ; Kim A le ja n d ro
S o ria n o Jim en e z fro m U niversidad P olitecn ica de A lta m ira , A lta m ira , M e x ic o ;
"e re C a ld e ro n Rosas fro m U niversidad A uto n o m a M e tro p o lita n a C am pus
Iz ta p a la p a , M e x ic o City, M e x ic o ; L ilia B o n d a re v a , P o lin a E rm a ko v a , and
Elena F ru m in a , fro m N a tio n a l Research Tech n ica l U n iv e rs ity M IS iS , M o s c o w ,
R ussia; D ia n n e C. E llis fro m Kyung Нее U niv e rs ity, G y e o n g g i-d o , S o u th
<o re a; Jason M . H am a n d V ic to ria Jo fro m In s titu te o f Foreign Language
E ducation, C ath olic U niv e rs ity o f Korea, G y e o n g g i-d o , S o u th K orea; S h a u n
M a n n in g fro m H an ku k U n iv e rs ity o f Foreign S tu d ie s, S e o u l, S o u th Korea;
N a ta lie R enton fro m Busan N a tio n a l U n iv e rs ity o f Education, B u s a n , S o u th
■Corea; C hris S o u tte r fr o m Busan U n iv e rs ity o f Foreign S tu d ie s, B u s a n , S o u th
<o re a; A n d re w C oo k fro m D ong A U niv e rs ity, B u s a n , S o u th K orea; R aym o n d
W o w k fro m D aejin U n iv e rs ity, G y e o n g g i-d o , S o u th K orea; M in g -H u i H sie h and
e ssie H u a n g fro m N a tio n a l C en tral U niv e rs ity, Z h o n g li, T a iw a n ; Kim P h illip s
~ o m C hinese Culture U niv e rs ity, T a ip e i, T a iw a n ; A le x S h ih fro m C hina
U niversity o f T e chno log y, Ta ip e i Ta-Liao T o w n s h ip , T a iw a n ; P o rn tip
B o d e e p o n g s e fro m Th aksin U niv e rs ity, S o n g k h la , T h a ila n d ; N a tta y a
: _ a k p o n g a n d P a n n a th o n S a n g a ru n fro m S u ra n a ree U niv e rs ity of
Technology, N a k h o n R a tc h a s im a , T h a ila n d ; B a rb a ra R ich a rd s, G lo ria
S te w n e r-M a n z a n a re s , a n d C a ro lin e T h o m p s o n , fro m M o n tg o m e ry C ollege,
^ ; c k v ille , M D, USA; Kerry V ra b e l fro m G a te w a y C om m u nity C ollege, P h o e n ix ,
AZ, USA.

r 3uchstone S e c o n d E dition a u th o rs and p u b lis h e rs w o u ld also lik e to th a n k

: * e fo llo w in g in d iv id u a ls and in s titu tio n s w h o have provid ed e x c e lle n t
■eedback and s u p p o rt on Touchstone B lended:

3 : 'd o n L ew is, V ice P re s id e n t, L a u re a te L a n g u a g e s a n d C hris J o h n s o n ,

I 'e c to r, L a u re a te E n g lish P ro g ra m s , L a tin A m e ric a fro m Laureate
-te rn a tio n a l U n iv e rs itie s ; U niv e rs id a d d e las A m e ric a s, S a n tia g o , C h ile ;
_ - iv e r s ity o fV ic to ria , P a ris, France; U n iv e rs id a d T echno log ica
C r-tro a m e ric a n a , H o n d u ra s ; In s tititu t U n iv e rs ita ire de C asablan ca,
W a ro c co ; U niv e rs id a d P e ru a n a de C iencias A p lica d a s , L im a , Peru;
CI3ERTEC, P e ru; N a tio n a l R esearch T e c h n ica l U n iv e rs ity (M iS IS ), M o s c o w ,
J .s s ia ; In s titu t O b e rt de C atalu nya (IO C ), B a rc e lo n a , S p a in ; S e d a t f i l in g ir ,
B u rc u T e z c a n U n a l, a n d D id e m M u tfa lio g lu fro m is ta n b u l B ilg i U n iv e rs ite s i,
;: = " D u l, Turkey.

~ ;-c h s to n e S e c o n d Edition a u th o rs and p u b lis h e rs w o u ld a ls o lik e to th a n k

: - e f o llo w in g c o n trib u to rs to Touchstone S e c o n d Edition:

A id c o rn , Frances A m ra n i, D e b o ra h G o rd o n , Lisa H u tc h in s , N a n c y Jo rda n ,

5 ‘ f . e " K irk, G e n e v ie v e K o c ie n d a , G e ra ld in e M a rk , J u lia n n a N ie ls e n , K a th ryn
Z "D e ll, E llen S h a w , K ris tin S h e rm a n , L uis S ilv a S u sa , M a ry V a u g h n , K erry S.
• . a n d Eric Z u a rin o .
Touchstone Level 2 Contents and learning outcomes
Language

Ш Ш щ

Unit 1 • Ask questions to get to know your classmates using • Review o f sim ple present Review o f types ofTV Speaking naturally
the sim ple present and present o f be in shows, clothes, food, and • Stress and intonation in
M akin g • Talk about your favorite things questions and statem ents weekend activities questions and answers
friends • Use responses w ith too and e ithe r to show w hat you • Responses w ith too and Sounds right
have in common either
pages 1 -1 0 • Hard and soft consonants
• Start conversations w ith people you don’t know Extra practice

I • Use actually to give new or surprising inform ation

i • Read an article about sm all ta lk

| • Write a How-to article using correct punctuation

Unit 2 • Talk about your interests w ith can, like, hate, prefer, • Verb form s after can / can’t, Interests and hobbies Speaking naturally
be g oo d at, etc. love, like, etc., and Types o f music • Saying lists
Interests • Discuss your taste in music using object pronouns prepositions
Sounds right
pages 1 1 -2 0 and everyone, nobody, etc. • Object pronouns
• M atching vowel sounds
• Say no in a friendly way • Everybody, everyone,
• Use really / not really to make statements stronger / softer nobody, and no one
: m ■ •' • Read an online forum about hobbies Extra practice

• Write online forum posts using linking expressions

Unit 3 • Talk about exercise and how to stay healthy using the • Simple present and present Ways to stay healthy Speaking naturally
sim ple present and present continuous continuous Common health problems • Contrasts
Health i • Discuss common health problems using i f and when • Joining clauses w ith //a n d Common remedies Sounds right
pages 2 1 -3 0 • Encourage people to say more when
• M atching vowel sounds
• Use expressions like Really? and Oh! to show surprise Extra practice

• Read an article about staying healthy

• ..Write questions and answers about health concerns
:.....

Checkpoint Units 1-3 pages 31-32

Unit 4 Talk about gift giving and birthdays using be g o in g to • Future w ith be g o in g to • M onths o f the year Speaking naturally
and indirect objects • Indirect objects • Days o f the month ! • Reduction o f g o in g to
Celebrations Talk about how you celebrate special days • Indirect object pronouns • Special days, celebrations Sounds right
pages 3 3 - 4 2 Talk about plans u sin g th e present continuous or be • Present continuous for the and holidays | • Which sound in each group
goin g to future • Things people do to I is different?
Use “ vague” expressions like a nd everything Extra practice celebrate special days
Give vague responses like It depends if you’ re not sure
Read an article about tra d itio n s around the world
Write an invitation to a special event

Talk about growing up and your fam ily background • be born • Time expressions for the Speaking naturally
Unit 5
using the sim ple past • Review o f sim ple past in j Past • Reduction of d id you
Growing up Talk about school subjects people studied using m ost questions and statem ents j • Saying years Sounds right
pages 4 3 - 5 2 (o f), a few (o f), etc. • General and specific use o f I • School subjects • Hard and soft consonant
Correct things you say w ith expressions like Well, determiners sounds
Actually, and No, w ait Extra practice
Use I mean to correct a word or name
Read an interview about a man’ s teenage years
Write answers to interview questions

Unit 6 Ask about places w ith Is th e re . . . ? and Are th e re . Is there? and Are there? Places in town Speaking naturally
Say where places are w ith next to, between, etc. Pronouns one and ones Location expressions • Word stress in compound
Around town Ask for and give directions Offers and requests with Expressions for asking and nouns
pages 5 3 - 6 2 Offer and ask fo r help w ith Can and Could Can and Could giving directions Sounds right

Check inform ation by repeating words or using Extra practice • M atching vowel sounds
expressions like Excuse me? spelled w ith a and о

Ask “ echo” questions like It’s where?to check

Read an online guide to Istanbul
Write a w alking-tour guide

Checkpoint Units 4 - 6 pages 6 3 -6 4


Interaction
Conversation
1 111
strategies
Start a conversation with
someone you don ’t
know
Jse actually to give or to
“ correct” inform ation
Say no in a friendly way
„s e really and n ot really
to make statem ents
stronger or softer
-courage people to say
ore to keep a
Dnversation going
~ow surprise
_se vague
e s e s s io n s like
znd everything
3 ’ve “ vague” responses
ke I don ’t know and
Maybe when you’ re not
: t :- ings you say
rtn expressions like
Well, Actually, and No,
mean to correct
: _ 'selfw h e n you say
■ i'g word or name
: z : ea: <ey words to
inform ation
f " n e c k in g ”
r:i'e 5 s to n s to check
_se ‘ echo” questions to
г Checkpoint Units 4 - 6
Listening
What’s the question?
• Listen to answers and
match them w ith
questions
This is a great party!
• Listen to responses and
match them to
conversation starters;
then listen for more
inform ation
Interesting hobbies
• Match conversations
about hobbies with
photos; fill in a chart
Favorite websites
• Listen for details as two
people ta lk about a
website
Unhealthy habits
• Predict w hat people w ill
say about th e ir habits;
listen to check
Coping with stress
• Match conversations
about relaxing with
photos; listen fo r details
Celebrations around the
world
• Listen to people ta lk
about two festivals, and
answer questions
Congratulations!
• Listen for details in two
conversations about
invitations, and fill in
the blanks
I don’t remember
exactly. . .
• Listen for corrections
as people ta lk about
childhood memories
A long time ago
• Listen for details as a
man talks about his
teenage years
Finding your way around
j • Match four sets of
j directions w ith the
j destinations by
follow ing the map
Tourist information
• Listen to conversations
at a visito r center, and
predict w hat each
person says next to
check the inform ation
Skills
Reading
Improve your skills and
“S m a llta lk " your w ay to
success
• A magazine article giving
advice
Read an online forum
Rethink your way to great
health
• Read an article about
im proving personal
health
Checkpoint Units 1-3
Let’s celebrate!
• Read an article about
tra d itio n s in different
countries
Teenage years
• Read an interview w ith a
man who talks about his
teenage years
3 days in Istanbul. . .
• Read a travel website
about Istanbul
Contents and learning outcomes
Wri
How to im prove . . .
j • Write an article giving
advice on how to
J im prove som ething
Review o f punctuation
A message board
• Write a question to post
on a message board
• Link ideas w ith and,
also, especially, or, but,
and because
That’s great advice!
• Write a question asking
advice about a health
problem , and write
replies to your
classm ates’ questions
• Use commas a fte r/fa n d
when clauses
pages 31-32
Congratulations!
• Write an invita tio n to a
special event, and add a
personal note
• Formal and inform al j w ith other groups
ways to begin and end a f
note or letter
An interview
• Write interview
questions to ask a
classmate about when
he or she was younger,
and reply to a
classm ate’s questions
• Link ideas w ith except
(for) and a p a rt from
A walking-tour guide
• Write a guide for a
w alking to u r o f your city
or town
• Expressions for giving
directions
pages 6 3 -6 4
Free talk
'
Sally's party!
• Group work: Play a game
to make small talk at a
party
Common interests
• Group work: Ask and
answer questions about
your own hobbies
True or false?
• Pair work: Ask questions
to guess true and untrue
inform ation about habits
A new celebration
• Group work: Create a
new special day or
festival, and ta lk about it
In the past
• Class activity: Ask your
classmates questions
about th e ir childhood,
and take notes
Apartment hunting
• Pair w ork: Ask and
answer questions about
two apartm ents, and
choose one to live in
Webs o f words
• Use word webs to
organize new vocabulary
I really like to sing!
• Link new words together
in word “ chains”
Under the weather
• Write down words you
can use w ith a new word
or expression
Calendars
• Write new vocabulary
about special days and
celebrations on a
calendar
I hated m ath!
• Group new vocabulary in
different ways
Which way?
• Draw and label a map to
remember directions
 • Talk about getting ready for a trip using infinitives e Infinitives for reasons • Things to do before a trip Speaking naturally
Unit 7
to give reasons • It ’s + adjective + to . . . • Things to take on different • Reduction o f to
Going away • Give opinions using It ’s + adjective + to • Ways to give advice and kinds o f trips Sounds right
pages 6 5 -7 4 • Talk about things to take on a trip make suggestions • Words w ith and w itho u t a
• Give advice and suggestions w ith should, could, etc. Extra practice s ile n t /
• Respond to suggestions
• Use 1guess when you’ re not sure
• Read an article about unique hotels
• Write an email about a trip

Unit 8 • Talk about where you keep things at home • Whose . . . ? and possessive • Places where you keep Speaking naturally
• Say who owns th ing s with mine, yours, etc. and whose pronouns things in your home • Reduction of grammatical
At home • Talk about items in the home • Order o f adjectives • Home furnishings for words
pages 7 5 - 8 4 • Pronouns one and ones different rooms Sounds right
• Identify things using adjectives and one / ones
• Location expressions after • Things you keep in your • M atching vowel sounds
• Use Do you m in d . . . ? and Would you m in d . . . ? to
pronouns and nouns room
make polite requests
• Agree to requests w ith expressions like Go rig h t ahead Extra practice

• Read com ments on a website about unusual habits

• Write about your evening routine w ith expressions like
firs t and as soon as

• Tell anecdotes about things th a t went wrong using the • Past continuous statements • Parts o f the body Speaking naturally
Unit 9
past continuous and sim ple past • Past continuous questions • Injuries • Fall-rise intonation
Things • Talk about accidents (e.g., 1 broke my arm.) using the • Reflexive pronouns Sounds right
happen past continuous and myself, yourself, etc.
Extra practice • Sim ple past verbs w ith -ed
pages 8 5 - 9 4 • React to show interest with expressions like Oh, no! endings
• Use 1b e tlo show you’ re sure or th a t you understand
Read anecdotes in an article
• Write an anecdote using when and while
I

Checkpoint Units 7 -9 pages 9 5 -9 6

• Compare ways o f com m unicating using comparative • Comparative adjectives • Ways o f com m unicating Speaking naturally
Unit 10
adjectives and more, less, and fewer • More, less, fewer • Adjectives • Linking
Communication • Manage phone conversations Extra practice • Phone expressions Sounds right
pages 9 7 -1 0 6 • Interrupt and restart a phone conversation • The sounds / s / or / z /
• Use ju s t to soften w hat you say
• Read an article about texting
I • Write an article giving pros and cons

• Describe people’s appearance using adjectives and • Describing people; have • Adjectives and expressions Speaking naturally
Unit 11
have and have g o t got to describe people’ s • Checking inform ation
• Identify people using verb + -ing and prepositions • Phrases w ith verb + -ing appearances
Appearances Sounds right
and prepositions
pages • Use expressions like What do you c a ll. . . ? if you can’t • M atching vowel sounds
remember a word Extra practice
107-116
• Use expressions like You mean . . . ? to check or
suggest words and names
• Read an article about fashion
• Write an article about fashion trends

• Make predictions and discuss future plans w ith w ill, • Future w ith w ill, may, and • Work, study, and life plans Speaking naturally
Unit 12
may, and m ig h t m ig h t • Occupations • Reduction o f w ill
Looking • Talk about jobs * Present tense verbs with Sounds right
future meaning
ahead • Discuss future plans using the sim ple present in i f and • Stressed and unstressed
tim e clauses Extra practice syllables
pages
117-126 • Make offers and promises w ith w ill
• Agree to som ething u sin g /А// rig h t and OK
• Read an article about the future
• Write about an invention using First, Second, etc.

Checkpoint Units 10-12 pages 127-128

vi

Py
Interaction
Conversation
1 Listening
Respond to suggestions It’s good to travel.
Use I guess when you’re • Predict w hat people are
going to say about
traveling, then listen for
the exact words
Recommendations
• Match advice about
staying at hotels with
pictures, then listen to a
radio show to checkyour
answers
Ask politely for Could you do me a favor?
itical permission to do things • Listen to conversations
w ith Do you m in d . . . ? between roommates,
Ask someone polite ly to complete th e ir requests,
do som ething with and then check if each
ids
Would you m in d . . . ? person agrees
Agree to requests Evening routines
• Listen to someone
describe his evening
routine, and number
pictures in order
React to and comm ent A funny story
on a story • Listen to an anecdote,
Respond with and choose the best
b e t.. . response
th -ed
Happy endings?
• Listen to two anecdotes,
and answer questions
about the details
н errupt and restart
эпе conversations
Sorry about that!
• Listen to three phone
в ju s t to soften things conversations to infer
j say the reason for each call
and for each interruption
It can be annoying . . .
• Listen to a teenager talk
about texting; check the
opinions she agrees with
: »•. you’ re trying to Celebrities
•e"nber a word or • Listen to descriptions of
celebrities, and match
: voa mean . . . or Do them w ith th e ir photos
. - e o n . . ,? to help What’s in style?
-е э ^е remember
• Listen to four people
n e ttin g
answer questions about
current styles, and fill in
a chart
I ’ll do it!
; A’ith I’l l and • Listen to tw o people
planning a party, and
S€d
JkiEr^r: n g w ith j ide n tify w hat each o f
A; - . j - them says th e y’ ll do
A good idea?
• Listen to tw o people
discussing predictions;
identify who says each
is a good idea and why
Unique hotel experiences
• Read an article about
three unusual hotels
Do you have an unusual
home habit?
Read online comments
about people’s unusual
home habits
Every cloud has a silver
lin in g . . .
• Read a magazine article
featuring anecdotes
from readers
Checkpoint Units 7 -9
Why all the interest in
texting?
• Read an online article
about texting
Fashion statements
• Read a blog article about
fashion trends
What will life be like in the
future?
• Read an online article
w ith predictions about
the future
Checkpoint Units 10-12
C ontents and learning outcom es
Recommendations
• Write an em ail about
staying at one o f the
hotels in the lesson
• Format and expressions
for w ritin g an email
Evening routines
• Write a short article
a bout the evening
routines o f your partner
• Order events using
sequence words
Anecdotes
1 Write an anecdote te llin g j • Pair work: Look at a
about a tim e som ething
w ent wrong
Link ideas w ith when
and w hile
pages 9 5 -9 6
The pros and cons
• Write a short article
about the advantages
and disadvantages of
a means o f
com m unication
• Structure o f an article
com paring pros and
cons
Fashion trends
• Write a fashion article
describing the current
“ loo k”
• Expressions to describe
new and old trends
A good idea?
• Write a short article
a bout how a future
invention w ill make our
lives better or worse
• List ideas w ith First,
Second, Next, and Finally
pages 127-128
...
Travel smart! Travel items
• Role play: Choose a role • When you w rite down a
and give your partner new noun, w rite notes
travel advice according about it
to the pictures
All about home TheABCs o f home
Pair work: Discuss • Write down a word for
questions about your som ething in your home
homes, and find out for each letter o f the
ways you are alike and alphabet
d ifferent
What was happening? From head to toe
Draw and label pictures
picture, and see how to remember new
much detail you can vocabulary
remember about what
was happening
Which is better? Phone talk
• Pair work: Compare pairs • Learn new expressions
o f actions, and discuss by making note o f the
which is better and why situations when you can
use them
What’s different? What do they look like?
• Pair work: A skand • Use new vocabulary in
answer questions to true sentences about
determ ine w hat’ s yourself or people you
d ifferent about people in know
tw o pictures, and guess
where they went
I might do that. Writers, actors, and artists
• Pair work: Interview a • Write new vocabulary in
classmate to find out his groups by endings or
or her future plans topics
 Useful lansua&re f o r . . .

Getting help Working with a partner

How do you say in English? Whose turn is it now? J

It’s my / your turn.

I’m sorry. What did you say? Do you want to go first?

OK. I’ll go first. / No, you go first. I

How do you say this word? This time we change roles.

OK. I’ll start.

What do we have to do? Are we done?

Yes, I think so. Let’s try it again.

don’t understand. What do you mean? Let’s compare answers.

T o K . What do you have for number 1?

Do you m ean. Do you have for number 3?

No, I have. Let’s check again.

Can you spell for me, please? Do you understand this sentence?

Yeah. It m eans'

viii
Making friends

Lesson A Lesson D
Ask questions to get Read an article about
to know your Smalltalk
classmates using the Write a How-to article
simple present using correct
punctuation

Before you begin . . .

Where do people make friends? W hat questions can you ask
a new friend about these topics?
school or work «free time
home and family * favorite things 1
 1. What’s your name? . ш м и ц /т и
2. What does your name mean? . 1. Where do you live? _

2. Do you like your neighborhood?.

3. Are you named after someone? . 3. Do you live alone or with your family? .

4. Do you like your nam e?______ 4. Where are your parents from ?______
5. D o yo u have a middle nam e?

1. Are you a full-time student? . 1. Do you often make friends online?

a. If yes: What’s your major?. 2. What’s your best friend like?_____

b. If no: What do you do for a living?. 3. What does your best friend do? .

2. How do you get to work (or class)? _ 4. What do you and your friends do when you get

3. How long does it take?__________ together?________________________________

a Getting started
Abyou A Pairw ork Write one more question in each section of the questionnaire.
Then interview a partner and take notes.

В Pair work Tell a new partner five interesting things about your first partner.

& Speaking naturally Stress and intonation

V > v_>
Do you have a nicknam e? Are you fro m a b ig fa m ily? W hat do you do fo r fun?
ry О, /'-"4
Yes. People ca ll me Jimmy. Yes. I have fo u r sisters. I go to the m ovies.

А Ф)) 1.02 Listen and repeat the questions and answers above. Notice the stress on the important
content word. Notice how the voice rises, or rises and then falls, on the stressed word.

Abyou В Pairw ork Ask and answer the questions. Give your own answers.
2
 M akingT riends

а Grammar Present of be and simple present (review) Ф )) 1.03

Present of be
Are you from a big family? What’ s your name? Is it Leo?
Yes, I am. I’m one of six children. Yes, it is. My name’s Leo Green.
No, I’m not. There are only two of us. No, it’s not. My name isn’t Leo. It’s Joe.

Are you and your friends full-time students? Where are your parents from? Are they from Peru?
Yes, we are. We’re English majors. Yes, they are. They’re from Lima.
No, we’re not. We’re part-time students. No, they’ re not. My parents aren’t from Peru.

Simple present
Do you have any brothers and sisters? What does your brother do? Does he go to college?
Yes, I do. I have a brother. Yes, he does. He goes to the same college as me.
No, I don’t. I’ m an only child. No, he doesn’t. He works at a bank.

Do you and your friends get together a lot? Where do your parents live? Do they live nearby?
Yes, we do. We go out alt the time. Yes, they do. They live near here.
No, we don’t. We don’t have time. No, they don’t. They don’t live around here.

A Think of a possible question for each answer. Compare with a partner.

1. A ____________________________ ? 5. A ______________

No, I’ m not. I have a brother and В Yeah, they are. My grandparents are from
a sister. here, too.

2. A 6 . A ____________________________ ?
В She works at a software company. В We usually go s h oppin g or have lunch.

3. A _____________________________ ? 7. A ____________________________ ?

В No, I d o n ’t. I usually use my d a d ’ s car. No, she d oesn’t. She lives an hour away.

4. A _____________________________ ? ?

В Turquoise. And I like blue, too. В My classmates? They’ re all smart,

About E
you В Pair work Ask your questions. Give your own answers

Use do o r does in s im p le
p re s e n t q u e s tio n s .
Q Listening and Speaking What’s the question? W h a t d o yo u s tu d y ?
W here d o e s y o u r fa m ily live?
А Ц))) t . 0 4 Listen to M iranda’s answers to these questions. (NOT W h a t yo u s tu d y ?

Num berthe questions 1 to 6. W here y o u r fa m ily live?)

EH Do you have any pets? Ш What’s your favorite season?

I I Do you ever go out on I I How much time do you
weeknights? spend with your family?
□ What’ s your favorite band? □ What do you usually do on
the weekends?

В ^ )) 1.04 Listen again. W hat do you learn about Miranda?

Take notes for each question.

С Pair work Ask and answer the questions above. Askyour

partner follow-up questions to keep the conversations going.

3
 Things in common

& Building language

А Ф )) 1.05 Listen. What do these friends have in common? Practice the conversations.

dlV V dyb V VIC L I4 II III I g o .
just not an anim al lover, I
guess.
Well, I’ m not either. I’ m
allergic to dogs and cats.
~\ г
A I d o n ’t watch much A I love shopping. I can shop
I III television. for hours! Too bad I can’t
В No, I d o n ’t either. afford a nything new.
В I know. I can’t either. I’ m
A I mean, I watch pro football.
broke.
В Yeah, I do too. But th a t’s
A Yeah, I am too.
a bout it.
v ____________________________________________ у V__________ ___________

Figure
it out I В Complete the responses so the speakers agree. Use the conversations above to help you.

1. A I’ m a fo o tb a ll fan. 3. A I d o n ’t like anim als.

В Yes, I a m ________ В No, I d o n ’t ________

2. A I love shopping. 4. A I can’t have a pet.

В Oh, I d o ______ В I can’t __________

& G ram m ar Responses w i t h to o and e/'f/7eM>))i.06 Extra practice p. 140

Present of be Simple present can

I’m allergic to cats. I watch pro football. I can shop for hours!
I am too. I do too. I can too.
I’m not an animal lover. I don’t watch much television. I can’t afford anything new.
I’m not either. I don’t either. I can’t either.

People also respond with Me too and Me neither (or Me either).

P eople a c tu a lly say M e e ith e r
m ore o fte n th a n M e n e ith e r.
A Respond to these statements using too or eith e r.
Then practice with a partner. MB M e e ith e r.

I M e n e ith e r.
1. I watch a lot of sports on TV. I do too. 4. I’ m not a m orning person.
2. I’ m allergic to nuts. 5. I d o n ’t have a pet.
3. I can’t afford a new laptop. 6. I can eat chocolate all day.
About |
you I В P airw ork Student A: Make the statements above true for you
Student B: Give your own responses.

A I don’t watch a lot of sports on TV.

В I don’t either. OR Really? I watch all the basketball games.

4
 M aking friends

а Building vocabulary
A Brainstorm! How many other words can you think of for each topic? Make a class list.

CLOTHES

a sweater
a dress
a suit
a jacket

A/ord
s o r t! В Pair work Complete the chart with your favorite things. Compare with a partner.
Then tell the class what you and your partner have in common.

A I eat out on the weekends. , , , , , , „

— We both eat o u t on the weekends.
В I do too.
Д и я я д д

'°ou | С Class a c tiv ity Complete the sentences with your likes and dislikes.
Then tell your classmates your sentences. Find someone with the same tastes.

My tastes Classmate with same taste ^

. (type of food)
2. 1d on’t very often, (weekend activity)
3. llik e to w e a r_ . (item of clothing)

4. I’ m not a b i g _ fan. (sport)

5. 1 like . (color)
6. 1can’t stand _ . (type or name of TV show)
7. 1hate . (tvoe of food)
..................................... ........... ................. ......

A I love pineapple.
В I do too. OR Oh really? I d on’t like it so much.
 Як Conversation Strategy Starting a conversation

A What are good topics to talk about when you meet someone for the first time?
Check ( / ) the boxes.

□ your salary □ your family □ the weather □ someone’s appearance

EH your health ЦЦ where you live ЦЦ your problems П things you see around you

В 4») 1.07 Listen. W hat topics do Eve and Chris talk about?

Eve Ooh, it’ s cold tonight.

Chris Yeah, it is. But actually, I kind of
like cold weather.
Eve You do? Really? . . . Boy, there are
a lot of people out here to night.
Chris Yeah, it gets pretty crowded on
weekends.
Eve Do you come here a lot?
Chris Yeah, I do, actually.
Eve So are you a big hip -hop fan?
Chris Yeah, I am. Are you?
Eve Actually, no, but my brother’ s in
the band tonight.
Chris Oh, really? Cool. . . . By the way,
my nam e’ s Chris.
Eve Nice to meet you. I’ m Eve.

С N otice how Eve starts a conversation with a stranger.

She talks about the things around them , like the Ooh, it’s cold to n ig h t
w eather and the club, and asks general questions. Do you come here a lot?
Find examples in the conversation.

D Pair work Think of a situation where you could use each conversation starter below.
Compare with a partner. Then role-play the conversations.

1. “ The flowers are beautiful, huh? I love spring.” on a bench in a p a rk

2. “ Gosh, it’ s so crowded here. And it’ s hot!” ____________________________
3. “ Wow. The elevator is really slow today.” ____________________________
4. “ Hi there. It’ s windy, huh?” ____________________________
5. “Hmm. This food doesn’t look too good.” ____________________________
6. “ I’ m a bit nervous. Is it your first class, too?” ____________________________

6
 M aking friends

& Strategy plus Actually

You can use actually You can also use actually to
to give new or surprising “correct” things people say
information. or think.

A So, y o u ’re Am erican?

В Well, actually, I ’m fro m Canada.

JJL ^ . — -
But actually, I kind of A c tu a lly is o ne o f th e to p
like cold weather. 2 0 0 w o rd s.
V J __./

A Match each conversation starter with a response. Then practice with a partner.

1. It’s really chilly in here, b a. Actually, I take the subway, it takes an hour.

2. Is this your first class here? b. It’s the air c ondition ing. Actually, I feel OK.
3. So, y o u ’ re a full-tim e student? c. Yes, it is, actually. I’ m a little nervous.
4. Do you like this neighborhood? d. Thanks. It’s actually from a vintage store.
5. Do you drive to class? e. No, actually I’ m from a small town about
6. I like your sweater. three hours away.

7. Do you play guitar or anything? f. Yeah, I do, actually. It has some great stores.

8. So, y o u ’ re from around here? 9- Um, part-tim e, actually. I w ork in a hotel.

h. A c t u a lly , ! do. And piano.

‘ Dyouu | В P airw ork Start conversations using the ideas above. Use actually in your
responses if you need to.

“ It’s pre tty warm in here. ” “ Yeah it is, b u t I kind o f like it, actually. ”

a Listening and strategies This is a great party!

А Ц))) 1.08 Listen to six people talk at Tom’s party. Which conversation
starters are the people responding to? Number the sentences 1 to 6.

□ Great music, huh? □ The desserts look good.

□ Are you a friend of Tom’ s? □ Is it me, or is it really hot in here?
m This is a great party. □ I don’t really know anyone here. Do

В Ф)) 1.09 Now listen tothe complete conversations. Check your answers.
W hat six things do you find out about Tom?

4 | С Class activity Imagine you are at a class party. Start conversations with your classmates.
Find out som ething new about six classmates.

A I like yo ur jacket.
В Thanks. Actually, i t ’s from a vintage store.

7
 Making small talk

A W hat is small talk? When do people use small talk? Tell the class.

В Read the title of the article and the introduction on the left.
First, read and th in k a b o u t th e title .
Think of a tip. Then read the whole article. Was your tip
T ry to p re d ic t th re e id e a s in th e a rtic le .
mentioned?

Improve O f someoneandnew.
^ !
say "Hello" when you meet
Say your name and
shake hands. Try to repeat the person's
your skills and name: "Nice to meet you, Mariana."

" S M A ^ T A ^ tC " Q A / k A K Z a comment about your surroundings - for

W i example, the weather ("It's really cold today.")
your way to or the event ("There are a lo t of people here."). jf

success |SK questions. Try to find something you have

According to some surveys, the
ability to make small talk is
important for social and
professional success. Chatting
about topics like the weather or
weekends helps you connect with
people, and th at can be the key to
making friends or business
contacts. You don't have to be
outgoing to make small talk. Just
follow these easy tips.
in common: "Are you new to the company,
too?" However, don't ask very personal questions,
for example about someone's salary or ace.
tS T t ff actively. Show interest with comments like
Oh, reallyr" or "That's interesting." Keep eye contact,
and don't look around the room during your conversation.
wm m ,
tA K tf about what's going on in the
world, so you can add to any discussion.
m m
0 w fm AKt your time. Don't rush the conversation,
f and don'U ook at your watch. I t can seem rude.

f/SW tK, people's questions with interesting or funny

stories. People love stories and w ill remember you.

t A V t politely. To end a conversation, say

something like, "Well, it was nice talking to ;
Great meeting you. Good luck with your job sc
;y.,- --■V-
t t f in touch. Send a quick email or text
message. Say, " I t was good to meet you."

С Read the sentences below. Which tips from the article are they examples of?
Write the number of the tip.

1. “ Well, it was great talking with you. By the way, here’ s my card.” ____
2. “ So, what kind of work do you do?” ____
3. “ The desserts look really good.” ____
4. “ Hi, Carlos. Pleased to meet you. I’ m Frank.” ____
5. “ Wow! That sounds amazing!” ____
6. “ Well, I often go biking on the weekends. Actually, last weekend I got lost and . . .’:
 M a kin g frie n d s Т Е Ш Д Й
D P airw o rk Discuss the questions below.

1. Read tip 2 again. Can you th in k of another example comment?

2. Read tip 3 again. What other good questions can you th in k of?
3. Read tip 5 again. What is going on in the world at the moment? Choose two topics that
you can use in a conversation.
4. Read tip 7 again. Do you have a funny story you can tell? What is it?
5. Can you th in k of one more tip on h o w to improve your “ small ta lk ” skills?

a Writing How to improve . . .

A Brainstorm ideas for each topic and write notes.

Improve y o u r friendships .... ...............J Improve y o u r social life Improve y o u r English

1 offer to do a favor fo r a friend
2. give compliments |
m ,~ в М ь ,, , g et,

В Read the Help note and the extract from an article below. Correct the punctuation.

P b .'te l Й5 И Q ... д Е Ш Ш В Я к ___ _ __

Punctuation

H ow to improve your friendships : Use a CAPITAL letter to start a

sentence.
are yo u r friendships in good shape good friendships arc • Use a comma (,) before
im p o rta n t they can make us happy and health) quotation marks (“ ” ) and
here are some tips to im prove vo u r friendships in lists.
II » Use a period (.) at the end o f a
1. Keep in touch, lext o r call and ask how arc you don t
forget to say thank you when a friend helps you statem ent and a question mark
(?) at the end o f a question.
4 ................................................... .....................................................................................

С Write an article on one of the topics you brainstormed above. Give three tips.
Then read a partner’s article and check the punctuation. Can you think of another tip?

T a lk about it Friendly conversations

Group work Discuss the questions. Find out about your classmates’
conversation styles.

When do you make small talk? What do you talk about?

Do you think it’s odd when a stranger talks to you?
Are you a talkative person?
Do you th in k y o u talk too much?
Are you a good listener?
Are you usually the “ talker” or the “ listener” in a conversation?
What topics do you like to talk about?
What topics do you try to avoid?

9
 ^ Vocabulary notebook / webs of words

Learning tip Word webs

You can use word webs to organize your new vocabulary.

1 Complete th e w ord w ebs for clo th e s and fo o d using w ords from the box.

bread /ja c k e t jeans pineapple rice skirt sw eatshirt yogurt

2 Now make w ord w ebs a bout colors and TV show s. W rite a sentence a b o u t each word.

I never wear purple.

I p la y tennis and.eat...
On your own
pineapple in p in k pants.
Choose a le tte r o f th e a lp h a b e t.
T hink o f a color, a foo d , an activity, and an
item o f c lo th in g t h a t sta rt w ith th a t le t t e r .
Then make a s entence u s in g t h e fo u r w o r d s .

O f go? Now I can :

a I can . . . H I need to review how to . . .

ask questions to get to know people, Ш use actually to give new or surprising information.

talk about my friends, family, and lifestyle, ■ understand conversations about people’ s lifestyle.

talk about myself and my favorite things, ■ understand small talk.

show I have things in common with people, В read an article about small talk.

start conversations with people I don’t know. :J write a How-to article.

10
 U N IT

Interests
do! In this unit, you learn how to . .
Lesson A Lesson В Lesson С Lesson D
• Talk about your * Discuss your taste • Say no in a friendly way • Read an online forum
interests with can, in music, using • Use really and not really about hobbies
like, hate, prefer, object pronouns to make statements • Write posts for an
be good at, etc. and everyone, stronger or softer online forum using
nobody, etc. linking expressions

BIGGER, BETTER
TOMATOES
GET MORE FROM
SMALL SPACES
20 RECIPES FOR
FRESH VEGETABLES

fX S H IO N ZONE-
The Traveler O ^ a n d U i

1М Й И Ш Ш
Traveling on
a budget
10 GREAT
PLACES FOR
YOUR NEXT Hot cars New lo o k ”
for men
of the ’60s
Fabulous accessories
Affordable every wom an wants
Keeping your bike
trips lo r' running at its best | Spring fashion guide
coliege
students Reviews of 6 new
sport bikes

Before you begin . . .

Look at the magazine covers. Which
magazines would you like to read?
Why?
 © College News
Meet our new reporter for the College News...
The College News interviewed Brad Hayes, our new reporter. Brad is a
full-time student majoring in journalism. We asked him about his
hobbies.

0 College News: W h a t are y o u r © CN:

hobbies? ____________________
Brad Hayes: Well, I enjoy writing.
1 like to do a bit o f creative writing
every day - in the evenings mostly.
Someday I want to write a novel,
but for now it's just a hobby.
© CN:__________________
Brad: Let’s see, what else? Well, I
design cards. I’m good at drawing,
and I'm really into computer
graphics, so I sit and learn new
programs, and I play around with
them.
Brad: Yeah. I play the saxophone,
and I can play the piano a little,
but not very well. I’d like to play
in a jazz band or something. A nd
I like to sing, but I really can’t sing
at all.
0 CN: © CN:
Brad: N ot really. I prefer to watch Brad: Yeah. I love to do new stuff
sports on TV. I like to play pool. all the time - learn new skills, you
Is that a sport? I guess I jog know. I’m really excited about
occasionally. But I hate going to writing for the College News.
the gym and working out.

Як Getting started
A W hat kinds of things do students do in their leisure time? Make a list.

В Ц») i.io Listen to student reporter Brad answer these five questions. Number the questions 1 to 5.
Then write them in the interview.

EH Are you good at sports? Ш What are your hobbies?

□ Can you play a musical instrument? EH What else do you enjoy doing in your free time?
EU Are you interested in learning new things?
С Ф)) 1.11 Listen to the complete interview. Underline the things Brad likes to do. Circle the things
he hates doing.

Fifo S l D Circle the correct forms of the verbs to complete the sentences. Which sentences are true for you?
Tell a partner.

1. I can play / to play the piano. 3. I enjoy listening / to listen to music.

2. I like to watch / watch sports on TV. 4. I’ m good at learn / learning new skills.
 Interests

а Grammar Verb forms » t | i . i 2 Extra practice p.141

can / c a n 't + verb Verb + to + verb Verb + verb + -ing Preposition + verb + -ing
lean play the piano. I love to swim. I love swimming. I’ m good at drawing people.
I can’t play very well. I like to play pool. I like playing pool. I’ m not interested in skiing.
I can’t sing at all. I hate to work out. I hate working out.
I prefer to watch TV. I prefer watching TV.
I’ d like to play jazz. I enjoy reading. ifigftfraa
I lik e / love / h a te to + verb
is m ore com m on than
A Complete the conversations. Sometimes more than one I lik e / lo ve / h a te + verb + -ing.
answer is possible. Then practice with a partner.
I lik e t o . . .
1. A D o v o u e n io v cooking (cook)? I I lik e . . . in g

В Actually, yeah. I l i k e ______________ (make) my own bread, too. Ш Л I love t o . .

I lo v e . . . in g

2. A Are you good a t . (read) music? I h a te t o .

1 I h a t e . . . in g
В No, but I c a n __ (play) music by ear.

3. A What kinds of games do you e n jo y ______________ (play)? РЫ ш ш т т т а

Do you like t o ______________ (play) games online?
R em em ber: I ’d lik e = I w ant.
В No. I h a t e ______________ (sit) at the com puter in my free time. I ’d lik e to f in d a p ia n o teacher.
(NOT I-tike to f i n d . . . )
4. A Are you interested in (join) a gym class?
В Well, I e n jo y _______
________ (go) to the gym, but I’ m not interested
in (take) a class. I’ d l i k e ______________ (start) tennis lessons though.

5. A How do you l i k e . (spend) an evening? Do you prefer (be)

alone or with friends?
В That’ s easy. I l o v e __________ __(eat out) with my friends.

л“уои| В P airw ork Ask and answer the questions above and in Brad’s interview. Give your own answers.

Survey What are your interests?

д bout
you A Class activity Write questions in the chart. Then ask your classmates the questions and
take notes.

Find someone who . . . Question Nam e Notes

j

1. can sing really well Can you sina reallv well? Pablo He can whistle, too!
1
2. likes to read or write blogs | | I
:
3. hates dancing ;
4. can ride a motorcycle
j i
5. is good at playing guitar
:
6. enjoys horseback riding I
j ! i

В Tell the class about someone on your list.

“ Pablo sings really well. He sings pop songs, and he can whistle, too. ”

13
 Music

a Building vocabulary
А Ф)) 1.13 Listen. Number the types of music you hear. What other kinds of music do you know?

□ classical music

W ord
s o r t| В Complete the chart with the words above. Add ideas. Then compare with a partner.

pop music electronic music

A I love pop music. Ж И 1 Я Я 1 1 |Ц ,Л

В Yeah, I do too. Adele is m y favorite singer.

a Speaking naturally Saying lists

W hat kinds o f m usic do you like?

v_>

I like classical, a n d h ip -h o p , and jazz. I like pop, and rock, a nd folk,

А Ф)) 1.14 Listen and repeat the sentences above. Notice that Sam’s list is complete,
but Silvia’s list is not.

Ab^ S ! В Class activity Ask your classmates, What kinds o f music do you like?
W hat are the most popular answers?

14
а Building language
A 4>)) 1.15 Listen. W hat does Carla think of the band? Practice the conversation

A le x Listen. What do you th in k o f this song?

Carla It’s good - I like it. Who is it?
A le x A new band . . . some local guys. Do you like them?
Carla They’ re local? Really? They’ re pretty good. W h o ’s the lead
singer? I like her. She sounds like Mariah Carey.
A le x Yeah, everybody says that. It’ s my friend Lori.
Carla W ho’ s the guy singing w ith her? I’ m not sure a bout him.
A le x Uh . . . actually, t h a t’ sme. I’ m in the band, too.

| В Complete the questions with your own ideas. Circle the correct words
in the answers. Then ask and answer your questions with a partner.

1. AWhat do you th in k o f ________ (male singer)? В I like him / it / them.

2. A Do you k n o w ___________ (female singer)? В Yeah, I love him / her / them.

3. A Do you li k e _________________ (band)? В Yeah. Everybody like / likes their music.

a Grammar Object pronouns; everybody, n o b o d y

Object pronouns Everybody, nobody

I’m a singer. That’s me on the CD. |t ’s a nice song. I like it. Everybody says that.
You’re a musician? I’d like to hearyou. We play in a band. Come listen to us. Everyone likes pop.
She’s pretty good. I like her. They’re local guys. Do you like them? Nobody is a jazz fan.
He’s not local. I don’t know him. No one listens to rap.

A Complete the conversations. Use object pronouns or the correct form E ve ryb o dy and n o b o d y
of the verbs given. Then practice with a partner. are m ore com m on than
eve ryo n e and no one.
1. A I love classical music. Everyone in my family likes (like) it
e v e ry b o d y
В Really? Nobody in my h o u s e _________ (listen) to classical music.
everyone

2. A I like to watch talent shows. Do you l i k e _________ ? H nobody

В I do, actually. Do you know Javier Colon? He was a winner. no one

I l i k e _________ .
A Yeah. It’ s amazing. N o b o d y . _ (know) these people,
_____ ( lo v e )__________
and then the next day e v e ry b o d y ______

3. A Do you know Taylor Swift? She’s great. I l i k e _____________ .

В Oh yeah. My friend and I s a w _________ in concert. She sm iled a t ___________ !

4. A My favorite band is Cold play. They’ re great in concert. Do you like _________ ?
В Yeah. No o n e _________ (write) music like they do. And Chris Martin - he’ s got
a great voice. Too bad I can’t sing l i k e _________ !

В P airw ork Practice the conversations above with your own ideas.
A I love The Beatles. We listen to them a lot.
В Yeah. I think everyone likes them.

15
V » 1" iiT iiil Г '■ Hill* 4 H i! 1 ■................ '.... _
i 'f m .i.m i. ri M

I o c c n n C* Conversation j
_________ L- с э э Ш I V» strategies Л

a Conversation strategy Saying no in a friendly way

A How many hobbies and interests can you think of in 30 seconds? Make a list.

В Ф)) 1.17 Listen. W hat hobbies do Sarah and Greg have?

Sarah Hmm, th a t smells really good. What is it?

Greg H omemade lasagna.
Sarah Nice. Do you do a lot o f cooking?
Greg Not really. But I like to make pasta dishes
How a bout you? Do you enjoy cooking?
Sarah Um, no, not really. I mean, I cook every
day, but I’ m not really into it.
Greg So w hat do you do in your free time? Do
you have any hobbies, o r . . . ?
Sarah Well no, I d o n ’t really have much time.
But I do a little photography. I have a blog
and post my photos on it.
Greg Yeah? I’ d really like to take a look
som etim e.
Sarah Sure. I can email you the link. Or stop by
my desk later, and I can show you some
photos.

--- -

С Notice how Sarah and Greg say more than just no when Um, no, not really. I mean,
they answer questions. They w ant to be friendly or polite. I cook every day, b u t. . .
Find examples in the conversation.

D Match the questions and answers. Then practice with a partner.

1. Are you into photography? d a. No, I’ m not really good with my hands. Are you?
2. Do you read a lot? b. No, not really. But I like to go to the pool.
c. No, not really. I enjoy doing puzzles, though.
3. Are you good at fixing things?
Like Sudoku.
4. Are you interested in sports?
d. Not really. I mean, I take pictures. But I never
5. Do you do any martial arts? edit them or anything.
6. Do you like to play board games? e. No. I d o n ’t have a lot of free tim e. I look at
magazines sometimes.
7. Can you swim? I mean, are you a good
f. Not really. But I like to watch the Olympics.
swimmer?
9- No, but my sister does. She does Tae Kwon Do

АЬуои| E Pair work Ask and answer the questions. Give your own answers.

A Are you into photography?

В Well, no. I ju s t take photos o f me and my friends.

16
 Interests

Strategy plus Really

You can use r e a l l y Not really can
to make statem ents also be a polite
stronger and to make way to answer no.
negative statem ents
softer.

I’ d really like to I d o n ’t really have

a look sometime. much time.
The to p ve rb s used w ith r e a lly
Pair work Ask and answer the questions. Give your own answers are: e n jo y , lik e , k n o w , th in k .

using really or not really.

1. Can you do anything artistic, like paint or draw? 4. Are you into computers?
2. Would you like to learn a new skill, like web design o r . . . ? 5. Do you collect anything?
3. Are you good at puzzles and crosswords? 6. Do you like making things?

A Can you do anything artistic, like p a in t o r draw?

В Well, I really like draw ing cartoons. OR Not really. I ’m not very artistic.

Listening and strategies interesting hobbies

A Pair work Do you know anyone who does things like these? Which look interesting?
Discuss with your partner.

□ collecting baseball
m em orabilia

A Are you interested in collecting things?

В Not really, b u t my siste r collects teddy bears.

в Ф)) 1.18 Listen to Bill, Sue, Jeff, and Lori talk about their hobbies. Number the pictures 1 to 4.

с Ф)) 1.18 Listen again. Who are the statements true for? Check ( / ) the names.
Sometimes more than one answer is possible.

Bill Sue Jeff Lori

□ □ □ □
2. 1spend a lot of money on it. □ □ □ □
3. I’ m not really very good at it. □ □ □ □
4. 1 make money on my hobby. □ □ □ □

D Pairw ork Talk about one of your hobbies. Are the statements above true foryou?
 (Ok Reading
Before yo u read s o m e th in g , “ s c a n ” it
A Look at the list of hobby groups on the online forum.
fo r key w o rd s th a t give you th e
Which ones are you interested in? Tell the class. in fo rm a tio n yo u n e e d. Read th e
se n te n c e w ith th e key w o rd o r w o rd s .
В Read the online forum. What problem does each person have? ч.

http://www.qna.hobbies/groups../%£'
HOBBY GROUPS: Music Outdoors Video & online games Pets Board games Arts & crafts Fashion Cars j W hat's y o u r q u e s tio n ?

Q l'd like to do something outdoors, but
I'm not interested in running or
jogging. I'm no good at sports like tennis.
Actually, I don't really like sports at all. Help!
- rockman
#1 Answer I'm not great at sports either, and
preferto do otherthings outdoors.Try geocaching.
It's great fun. Just log onto a geocaching website,
and choose something interesting that you want
to find.Then head outdoors with a smartphone or
GPS device, and try and find it!
More answers»

Q l w ant to find a hobby and make
things! My brother really likes to
make jewelry, and his rings and bracelets
are really beautiful, but I'm looking for
something different. I'm not really artistic,
#1 Answer Buy some colorful duct tape. You
can make lots o f great things w ith it. I like to
make flowers and g ift cards, but you can make
really cool purses and wallets, too.
More answers »

but I am good-with my hands. Any ideas?

- daisylady

Q l enjoy knitting, and I make some
really cool hats. My friends say they
love wearing them because they are so
unique. I'd like to sell them. So how can I
turn my hobby into a small business?
- moneymaker
#1 Answer You can start your own hat shop
online. Use one of the arts and crafts websites.
Or, if you're like me, and you hate to spend lots
o f tim e on your computer, go to some local gift
stores or coffee shops and ask them to sell
some for you!
More answers»

С Read more answers to the questions above. Who are they for? Write the names.

1. To:_______________ I like making jewelry, especially necklaces and earrings. I usually take them to a flea market
and sell them there. It's easy to find flea markets in your area if you search online.
2. To:_______________ More and more I hear that walking is one of the best exercises around. It's really good for
you. And you don't have to walk fast. Just walk for 30 minutes or an hour at a normal speed.

3. To:_______________ You could try pottery. You can make cups and bowls. You don't have to be creative.

4. To:_______________ There are some good classes. They teach you all about making money out of your hobby.

5. To:_______________ How about creating your own greeting cards? People love getting handmade cards.

6. To:_______________ Buy a bicycle. It's fun, it's good for you, and getting around is free!

Ab°ou| D Pair work What do you think of the answers to the questions on the message board?
Can you think of a different answer for each question? Discuss with a partner.
 Interests

Listening and speaking Favorite websites

A Ф)) 1.19 Listen to Lisa and Joe talk about a website. What kind of website is it?
Why does Joe like it?

в Ф)) 1.19 Listen again. Circle the correct options to complete the sentences.

1 . Joe checks the website every day / every week.

2 . The website lists 50,000 / 5,000 places to hike.
3. Joe is reading an article about hiking in the U.S. / in different countries.
4. Joe wants to enter the com petition to win a tent / bike.
5. Lisa prefers to cycle indoors / outdoors.

- - oo u t I
you I v* P airw ork Ask and answer the questions.

What kinds of websites do you regularly use?

What do you use them for?
What are your favorite websites?
Do you ever post comments on websites?
Do you have your own website? W hat’s it like?
Do you ever enter com petitions online?
Do you preferto read magazines online or in print?
Do you ever read websites in English? Which ones?

Writing A message board

A Read the Help note. Then read the question and answer about hobbies.
Circle the linking expressions.

Linking ideas
j Add an idea:
l'm interested in learning a musical instrument. I (also)w ant to I enjoy knitting, and I make
Q join a band and play w ith other people, but I don't have a lot
some really cool hats.
I also like making jewelry,
o f time. What do you recommend?
especially bracelets.
#1 Answer I love to play music, especially w ith other people. | I’m not interested in running
I recommend the guitar because you can play it alone or in a band. orjogging.
Join a class and meet other musicians. It's only an hour a week, but
Contrast two ideas:
you need to find tim e to practice, too! I’m not good at sports, but I
want to do something outdoors.
Give a reason:
My friends love wearing my
В Write a question about hobbies to post on a message board.
hats because they are unique.
Write an answer to three of your classmates’ questions.

C Group work Read your question and classmates’ answers to the group.
Decide on the best idea.

19
 Vocabulary notebook/ I really like to sing!

Learning tip Word chains Favorite music

Link new words together in word “ chains.” The to p five ty p e s o f m u s ic

p e o p le ta lk a b o u t are:
j 1. rock 4. rap
2. c la s s ic a l 5. c o u n try
1 Complete th e w ord chains using the w ords and expressions below. 3. jazz
ч----------- ------ ------
bake cakes play the guitar skiing
listen to rock music playing chess w ritin g poetry

I
I’ m good at ► and and

1d o n ’t like to ► or j or
... ......... ..........

2 Now complete the word chains w ith your own ideas.

1 enjoy ► and and (

1 ____ Ш
1 can’t ► or or

1 hate to ► and and

» ....... - - 1
I’ d like to ► and and
— 1

3 Now make your own word chains using the expressions below.

I’ m not interested in l ean I like

T h in k o f diffe re n t th in g s you are inte re s te d in.

Can you l i n k t h e m together? Use the last le tte r o f
each w ord or expression to start th e next w ord.
v __________________________________ S

Ш г л Сап
I jg D O : N O W I C 3 0 . .

can . . . I need to review how to . . .

В ask and answer questions about interests. ■ understand p e o p le ta lk in g a b o u tth e irh o b b ie s .

I talk about my taste in music. В understand a conversation about a website.
В answer more than just no to be polite. В read an online forum.
Ш use really and not really to strengthen or Ш write questions and answers for an online forum.
soften what I say.
 U N IT

Health
do! In this unit, you learn how to
Lesson A Lesson В Lesson С Lesson D
Talk about exercise • Discuss common • Comment and ask follow-up • Read an article about
and how to stay health problems questions to encourage staying healthy
healthy using the using//and when people to say more • Write questions and
simple present and • Use expressions like Really? answers about health
present continuous and Oh! to show surprise concerns

Before you begin . . .

Which of these things do you do to stay healthy? W hat else can you do?
• Eat plenty of fruits and vegetables. • Take regular breaks to cope with stress.

• Go to the gym and work out. • Sleep at least seven hours a night.
• Play sports. • Get a checkup once a year.
"Well, I generally don't eat "Um . . . right now
a lot of junk food, and I don't I'm trying to lose
eat red meat at all. And right weight before my
now I'm doing karate. It's school reunion, j
getting me in shape quick." so i'm drinking J j
these diet
-Brian Jones / J drinks for
dinner." ;
-Carmen A
Sanchez

Not really. I kind of eat

everything I want. I don't do
anything to stay in shape.
I'm just lucky, I guess."
-Lisa da Siiva
"Well, I walk
everywhere I go because I
don't have a car, so I think
I get enough exercise."
-Mei-ling Yu

"Um . . . to be honest, I'm not "Yeah, we exercise six

doing anything right now. i'm days a week. We go
studying for exams this swimming every other
month, so I'm eating a ^ day, and in between
lot of snacks, and I'm ■ we go to the gym.
not getting any M And once in a while,
exercise at all." Щ we go hiking."

-Michael Evans -The Parks

6 k Getting started
А Ф)) 1.20 Listen to the on-the-street interviews. Who do you think has a healthy lifestyle? Why?

FifoCt! В Complete these sentences with a simple present or present continuous verb. Use the interviews to
help you. Are the sentences true for you? Tell a partner.

1. I generally (noteat) junk food.

2. I usually (get) enough exercise.
3. We usually (go) to the gym every other day.
4. I (eat) a lot of snacks this month.
5. These days I (not get) any exercise at all.

6. Right now I (try) to get in shape.

 H ealth

а Grammar simple present and present continuous Ф)) 1.21 Extra practice p. 142 ’

Use the simple present to talk about “all the Use the present continuous to talk about “ now”
time” {usually or generally) and routines. (these days, this month) and temporary events.
How do you stay in shape? What sports are you playing these days?
I walk everywhere. I don’t have a car. I’ m doing karate. It’s getting me in shape.

Does she get regular exercise? Is she trying to lose weight?

Yes, she does. She exercises six days a week. Yes, she is. She’s drinking diet drinks.
No, she doesn’t. She doesn’t exercise at all. No, she’s not. She’s not trying to lose weight.

—
|L ____
Complete the conversations with the simple present The s im p le p re se n t is a b o u t six tim e s
m ore fre q u e n t th a n th e present
or present continuous. Then practice with a partner.
c o n tin u o u s and even m ore fre q u e n t
w ith like, love, know , need, and want.
1. A How. do .y o u . cope (cope) with stress?
you. (get) stressed a lot?
В Well, generally I (not feel) stressed, but we
______________ (work) long hours this m onth. So my D o n ’t fo rg e t to use be in
th e p re s e n t c o n tin u o u s .
co-workers and I ______________ (take) a meditation class right
I ’m doing karate.
now. It’ s great. M editation re a lly ______________ (relax) you.
(NOT j d o in g karate.)

2. A .y o u . (like) to play sports?

В Not really, but my wife and I _______ (enjoy) sw im m ing.
We u s u a lly _________ (go) to the pool togethe r in the summer.
Now th a t it’ s winter, I _________ (not swim) at all. But my wife
. (go) every day, even when it’ s cold.

3. A .y o u r fa m ily . ________(do) anything new to stay healthy?

В Actually, yeah. W e _____ (try) to eat a balanced diet. I mean,
everybody in the fam ily, ____ (love) fast food, but right
now, w e __________ (cook) healthy meals. It’ s not easy because
my h u s b a n d . ____(not like) vegetables and things like that.

В Pair work Ask and answer the questions above. Give your own answers.

a Listening and speaking Unhealthy habits

А Ф)) 1.22 Try to guess what unhealthy habit each person is talking about.
Then listen and complete the sentences.

1. Ian says he eats a lot of _ _, but he wants to cut down on it.

2. Kaylie wants to give up _ ., but she can’t.
3. M artin’ s mom says Martin spends too much t i m e .
4. Silvia’ s husband says she’ s n o t __________ . enough these days.

В Ц))) 1.23 Listen again to the last thing each person says. Do you agree?
Why or why not? Tell the class.

С P airw ork Do you have any of the same unhealthy habits? What other
unhealthy habits do you have? Tell your partner.

23
 Aches and pains

Building vocabulary
А Ф)) 1.24 Listen and say the sentences. Do you have any of these problems right now?

I have a bad cough . I have a stomachache. I I have a toothache.

I’ m c o u g h in g a lot. often get stomachaches.

I feel sick. I often get

headaches, but I a sore throat. I sick when I eat shellfish.
have one now. get a lot o f colds.
V___________

Vysorrdt В Complete the chart with the words above. Add other ideas. Then compare with a partner.

1never. . . 1hardly ever. . . 1sometimes. . . 1often . . .

g et colds have a runny nose sneeze

“ I never g e t colds. But som etim es I have a runny nose. I think I have allergies. ”

a Speaking naturally Contrasts

A What’s the matter? Do you have a cold?

В No, I have a headache. I feel terrible.
A That’s too bad. I hope you feel better.
В Thanks.

А Ц))) t.25 Listen and repeat the conversation above. Notice how stress shows the contrast
between headache and cold, and between better and terrible.

В Pair work Practice the conversation. Then practice again using different health problems.

24
 H e a lth

а Building language
А Ф)) t.26 Listen. W hat does Nora want to make for Ken? Practice the conversation.

Ken Hello?
Nora Hi, Ken. How are you feeling?
Ken Awful. I still have this terrible cold.
Nora That’s too bad. Are you taking anything for it?
Ken Just some cold medicine.
Nora Hmm. I n e v e rta k e that s tuff when I have a
cold. But if I get a really bad cold, I drink hot
vinegar with honey. I can make you some.
Ken Oh, no thanks! I d o n ’t feel th a t bad!

В Unscramble the sentences below. Are the sentences true for you?

1. I take / a cold / when / medicine / I have

2. I make / I have / hot tea with lemon / If / the flu,

a Grammar Joining clau se s with i f and when Ф)) 1.27 Extra practice p. 142

What do you take when you have a cold? What do you do if you get a really bad cold?
I don’t take anythingwhen i have a cold. ! drink hot vinegar with honey ifl get a really bad cold.
When I have a cold, I don’t take anything. If I get a really bad cold, I drink hot vinegar with honey.

A Complete the questions with i f you followed by the correct expressions from the box.

feel run down get a toothache have a bad cough have a runny nose
feel sore get an upset stomach have a headache / h a v e a sore throat

1. Do you gargle salt water _ if y o u h a ve a sore th ro a t ?

2. ____________ ____ after a meal, do you drink herbal tea?
3. What do you d o _______ ____ ________and you have no energy?
4. Do you s tre tc h ________ _______ ______________ after exercising?
5. _____ . __________ __ and itchy eyes, do you take allergy medicine?
6. ____ ____________________ , do you go to the dentist right away?
7. What do you do ____ ____ ._ ? Do you suck on a cough drop?
8. What do you do ______ _____________ ? Do you take aspirin?

В Pair w o rk Ask and answer th e question s above. Use when in your answers.

A Do you gargle s a lt w ater i f you have a sore throat?

В Actually, when I have a sore throat, I d rin k h o t tea w ith honey. Do you take anything?

С Do you and your p artner do any o f the same th in g s in the s itu a tio n s above? Tell th e class.

1P-Sounds right p. 137

25
 I n c c n n С*
L e S S O rl V*
Conversation
strategies / Really? How come?

Conversation strategy Encouraging people to talk

A Why do people get tired? Brainstorm ideas and make a list.

“ People often feel tired when they have a cold.”

В Ф)) 1.28 Listen. Why is Stan tired?

Stan I’ m so tired.
Yuki Really? How come?
Stan Well, I’ m w o rk in g two jobs this
semester, so I’ m getting up at,
like, 5:30 to study.
Yuki You’ re kidding! Two jobs? Wow.
Stan Yeah. Just for a couple of
months. I’ m w orking in a
superm arket after class, and
then I have my regular job at
the restaurant till 11:00.
Yuki Oh, th a t ’ s late. So, w hat tim e
do you go to bed?
Stan A bout 1:00 . . . 1:30.
Yuki Gosh. So y o u ’ re only getting
about four hours’ sleep? That’ s
not much.

questions. Find examples in

D M atch each sentence w ith an appropria te reply. Then practice w ith a partner.

1. I often stay up until 2:00 or 3:00 a.m. e a. You do? Does the professor notice?
2. I love sleeping late on weekends. b. That’ s good. Do you wake up early, too?

3. I often take a nap during my lunch break. c. That’s not much. Do you get tired during the day?
4. I only sleep about five hours a night. d. At work? How long do you sleep?
5. I sometimes fall asleep in lectures. e. Really? What do you do all night?
6. I usually go to bed early during the week. f. Me too. What tim e do you get up
on Sundays?

АЬуоиик1 E Pair work Student A: Tell a partner about your sleep habits. Use the ideas above.
Student B: Respond with comments and questions. Then change roles.

A I usually stay up u n til about 11:00, 11:30 during the week.

В Really? That’s n o t too late. Do you stay up late on weekends?
A Not really. I go to bed a bout the same time.

26
 H ealth % t T ? f r S S

& Strategy plus Showing surprise

I’ m working two jobs
this semester. You’ re kidding!
Use expressions like these to show
Two jobs? Wow.
surprise in informal conversations:
Oh! Gosh!
Really? Oh, m y go sh!
Wow! You’re k id d in g !
Oh, w ow ! Are you serious?
No way! No!
In form al conversations, use Oh! or Really?

O h a nd R e a lly are in th e to p
A ^)))i.29 Listen and write the expressions you hear.
50 w o rd s . W ow a nd G osh are
>s this
Then practice with a partner. in th e to p 5 0 0 .
up at,
1. A I never hear my alarm clock.
? Wow. В R eally ? So how do you wake up?

2. A I often fall asleep on the subway.

and В ______________ ! Do you ever miss your stop?
b at
3. A I have the same dream every night.
time В ______________ ! Every single night?

4. A I can’t sleep if it’s light.

:ing В . _________________________________________________ ! Do you w ear an eye mask?

That’ s
5. A I often sleep for 12 or 13 hours.
В _________________________________________________ ? Is th a t only on weekends?

6. A I can’t fall asleep w ith o u t music.

В _____________________________________________________ ! What do you listen to?

7;Uu! В Ц») 1.30 Listen to the comments again. Respond with a different expression to show
surprise and add your own question. Then practice with a partner.

a Strategies Sweet dreams

he day? Group work Discuss the questions about sleep habits. What do you have in common? Encourage your
classmates to talk by commenting and asking follow-up questions.

• What do you do if you can’t sleep? • Do you ever have vivid dreams or nightmares?
• Do you everwake up d u rin g th e night? • Do you rem em beryour dreams?
• Are you tired today? If so, why? • Do you snore or talk in your sleep?
• Do you evertake naps d u rin g th e daytime? • Do you ever fall asleep in front of the TV?

A What do you do i f you can’t sleep?

В Well, i f I wake up and can’t get back to sleep, I usually g e t up and p la y a video game.
С You’re kidding! So do you go back to bed after that?

27
 A W hat can you do to stay healthy? How many ideas can you A rtic le s s o m e tim e s s ta rt w ith a
think of in 30 seconds? Make a list. p ro b le m (fo r e x a m p le , L e t’s face it:
m a n y o f us are n o t to o h e a lth y .) and
th e n c o n tin u e w ith p o s s ib le s o lu tio n s
В Read the article. Which of your ideas are mentioned?
(exercise, etc.).
W hat other ideas does it suggest?

et's face it: many of us are not too healthy. We breaks. If work is stressing you out, take a few deep
L often take an "all or nothing" approach to health.
If we can't exercise every day, follow a healthy diet, or
breaths in between tasks. Try a relaxation technique,
like meditation, or take a relaxing ten-minute walk.
manage our stress levels, then we give up and do Next, be sure to make good food choices. When you get
nothing. However, looking after our health doesn't stressed, do you reach for a cookie? Don't snack on junk
have to take a lot of time and effort. It just takes a food. Plan ahead and keep healthy snacks like fruit or
little thought. Follow these simple ideas and rethink nuts nearby. When you go shopping, buy only healthy
your way to better health! foods for your next meal. If you have to order fast food,
First, get moving. How much are you exercising these choose something light, go easy on the dressings, and
days? Not a lot? Research shows not exercising is add a healthy side dish like a salad or fruit.
really bad for your health. If you Finally, remember to sleep well. Don't
can't afford to go to the gym, g> fall asleep with the TV on.
running. Skip the elevator and When you go to bed, make
take the stairs; don't take the sure your room is quiet,
bus or train all the way - cool, and dark. Research
walk. Or, try exercising shows it's the best way to
while you watch TV. get a good night's sleep.
Second, don't forget to With simple changes like
take a break from work these, you can rethink
sometimes. Our bodies your way to great health,
can't go, go, go all day! one choice at a time. It's
We need to take regular up to you!

С Read the article again. Answer the questions. Then compare with a partner.

1. Why do some people stop exercising and eating well?

2. What relaxation technique does the article mention?
3. What are some examples of healthy snacks from the article?
4. What healthy options do you have when you eat fast food?
5. What kinds of things can you do to get more exercise?
6. What can help you get a good night’s sleep?

A bo ut |
you j D Pair work Discuss the suggestions in the article. Do you follow any of them?
If yes, which ones? If no, say why not.

28
 Health

a Listening Coping with stress

A W hat do you do to cope with stress? Do you do any of these things? Tell a partner.

В Ф )) 1.31 Listen to four people talk about how they cope with stress. Number the pictures 1 to 4.

С Ф )) 1.32 Listen again. W hat else do they do when they’re feeling stressed? Write the activity
under the picture.

Writing That’s great advice!

A Read the Help note and the posts on a social networking site. Add commas to the //a n d when
clauses in the two suggestions.

.\
X Logged in as Susana Commas after if and when clauses
# Use a comma here:
f Susana If you’re feeling stressed, try these ideas.
I get colds all the tune. Any suggestions? When you feel stressed, go to the gym.
• Don’t use a comma here:
Go to the gym when you feel stressed.
M i-yo u n g V ............................................. ............. ............. J
Try exerc:sing more. Go to the gym or go
jogging. If you get a cold take vitamin С and
drink a lot of water.

Luis
Are you stressed? When I get stressed I get a
lot of colds. Try to get plenty of sleep if you feel
stressed. Take more breaks if you get stressed
at work.

В Write your own suggestion to Susana. Then compare with a partner.

С Group w o r k Write a question about your health on a piece of paper. Use the ideas below to help
you. Then exchange papers. Write a reply to each person.

Derin
I want to get in shape. What can I do?

D Group w o rk Read the replies. Which suggestion(s) would you like to try? Tell the group.

29
 П
Learning t i p Learning words together W h a t’s th e m atter?

When you learn a new word or expression, write down other words : The to p five h e a lth p ro b le m s
you can use w ith it. p e o p le ta lk a b o u t are:

; 1. co ld 4. flu
2. h e a d a ch e 5. fe ve r
3. a lle rg ie s

1 Complete these expressions. Use the words in the box.

a break better home in bed medicine sick

feel stay take

2 Which of these verbs can you use with the words and expressions in the chart? Complete the chart.
You can use some verbs more than once.

be do feel get go (to) have see stay take

be, feel, g e t sick exercise a vacation

allergies a headache a cough

a checkup home healthy

stressed in shape a doctor

Go to a d rugstore and look at d iffe re n t m e d ic in e s .

W hat health p ro b le m s are th e y for? Can you re m e m b e r
th e nam es o f th e h ealth p ro b le m s in English?

В с ю / N o w I can . .
S I need to review how to . . .

■ talk about exercise and how to stay show surprise in formal and informal conversations,
healthy.
■ understand people talking about unhealthy habits,
■ discuss common health problems.
■ understand conversations about coping with stress,
I say what I do when I have a health problem.
■ read an article about how to stay healthy,
В keep a conversation going.
■ write questions and answers about health concerns

30
 C heckpointyJnits 1-3

a Can you complete this conversation?

Complete the conversation. Use the simple present or present continuous.
Then practice with a partner.

Teri Hi. How are you d o in g (do)?

Ruth Not bad. Actually, I __________ (have) a cold again. But I’ m OK.
Teri Oh, th a t’ s too bad. So, w h a t _________ y o u __________(do)?
Ruth My classmate Sally’ s here. W e _________ (plan) an end-of-term
party. E verybody_________ (want) some live music this year, but
w e _________ (not know) any good bands. How a bout you?
_________ y o u __________(do) anything special today? And w h a t’ s
that m u s ic ? _________ y o u __________(listen) to the radio?
Teri No, t h a t __________ (be) my brother. H e __________ (play) his guitar
H e __________ (practice) every morning.
Ruth Wow. He’s good. Hey,______________(be) he free on Saturday?
_________ h e __________ (want) to play at our party?
W e _________ (need) som ebody like him.
Teri _________ y o u ________________ (kid)? He’ s only ten!

a How can you say no?

Add object pronouns to the sentences. Then ask and answer the questions with a partner.
If your answer is no, remember to say no in a friendly way.

1. Some friends and I go to a jazz club every week. Do you w ant to join us next Monday?

2. I hate colds, and I g e t ________________a lot. Do you get a lot o f colds?

3. I have to go to the hospital tomorrow. Can you come w i t h _________ ?

4. My brother wants to learn English. Can you t e a c h _________ ?

5. I love Kelly Clarkson. She’ s great! Do you l i k e _________ , too?

6. I have a great book about m artial arts. Would you like to b o r r o w . sometime?

A Some friends and I go to a jazz club every week. Do you want to jo in us next Monday?
В No, thanks. I ’m n o t really a jazz fan.

How many words do you remember?

A Complete the chart. How many things can you think of for each column?

Types of music Types of TV shows Hobbies Clothes Health problems

■~:p-hop

В P a ir w o r k Talk about the items in your chart. Encourage your partner to talk.

A / like to listen to hip-hop.

В Really? Who do you listen to? I mean, who is yo u r favorite artist?
31
 а What do you have In common?
Complete the sentences with activities. Then compare with a partner. Continue your conversations.

1. I’ m not good a t ____________ 3. I l i k e ___________________ 5. I h a t e ___________________

2. I d o n ’t e n jo y ___________ . 4. Ican’t ____________ . 6. I’ m interested i n ____________.

A I ’m not good a t singing.

В Oh, I ’m n o t either. But actually, I ’d really like to take singing lessons.
A Really? Do y o u r friends take lessons?

a Surprise, surprise!
Complete the conversation. Use the sentences in the box. Then practice with a partner.

What in strum ents do you play? Are you serious? / H o w ’ s school?

Not well, but I’ d love to play in a band. Yeah? I am too. No way! What kind of music?
Me too. I have my first piano lesson today! What do you want to do?

Alice Hi, Carl. How are things? Alice Saxophone and trum pet. But I really
Carl Great. How's school? need to find someone to play w ith me.
Alice Um, actually, I’ m not at school this year. Carl I play the p ia n o ._______________________
CarS So, w hat are you doing Alice You play the piano? That’ s great. Maybe
we can practice together sometim e. I’ m
Alice Well, I’ m looking for a job right now.
free this Friday.
Carl Really?
Cart _______________________________
Alice Well, I’d like to play music in clubs, but -
W hat’ s your phone number?
Carl Alice It’s 555-9003. OK, so call me. Oh, look at
Alice Well, I play jazz. the time. Sorry, I have to go.
Carl No! Car! _______________________________

& What can you say or do . . . ?

A Pair w o r k W hat can you say or do in these situations? Ask your partner. Do you agree?

• A new s tud e n t joins the class and seems nervous.

• You meet your new neighbors fo r t h e first tim e.

• The person sitting next to you in class looks sick.

• You see someone standing alone at a party.

• The person next to you drops th e ir cell phone.

• You have an umbrella at a bus stop on a rainy day, and the person next to you is getting very wet.

• You are getting on a train, and the person in front of you is carrying avery heavy bag.

• ____________________________ (think of your own idea)

A What can you say when a new student jo in s the class and seems nervous?
В Let me th in k .. . .Y ou can say “ H i!” and say yo u r name, or you can ask, “Are you a new student?”

В Pair w o r k Choose a situation. Prepare a short conversation to act out for the class.

32
ms. Celebrations
do! In this unit, you learn how to
Lesson A Lesson В Lesson С Lesson D
• Talk about gift giving • Talk about how you • Use “vague” expressions • Read an article about
and birthdays using celebrate special days like and everything traditions around the
be going to and • Talk about plans using • Give vague responses world
indirect objects the present continuous like It depends if you’re • Write an invitation to
or be going to not sure how to answer a special event

Before you begin . . .

Which of these special events are the people celebrating?
В a graduation I a wedding И the birth of a baby
В an engagement В a retirement В a wedding anniversary

W hat other special days do people celebrate?

 Birthdays

Months
January May September
February June October
March July November
»i »i Si December
April August

Days of the month

first 17th seventeenth
second 18th eighteenth
third 19th nineteenth
4th fourth 20th twentieth
5th fifth 21st twenty-first
6th sixth 22nd twenty-second
7th seventh 23rd twenty-third
8th eighth 24th twenty-fourth
ninth 25th twenty-fifth
tenth 26th twenty-sixth
eleventh 27th twenty-seventh
twelfth 28th twenty-eighth
13th thirteenth 29th twenty-ninth
fourteenth 30th thirtieth
fifteenth 31st thirty-first
sixteenth
1 .......... ...

A icia It’s M o m ’s b irthday on the first. Remember?

She’ s going to be 50!
Dave Oh, th a t’ s right. What are you going to get her?
A lic ia I’ m going to buy her so m e th in g special, like a
necklace. Then it’s Mom and Dad’ s anniversary
on the tenth.
Dave Right. We usually give them som ething.
A licia We? You mean, I do! Let’ s, um, send them
some flowers.
Dave OK. Then it’ s my birthday on the tw enty-third.
Alicia Yeah, I know. I’ m going to get you the same
th in g you got me - nothing!

Getting started
A W hat kinds of events do you mark on your calendar? Make a list.

В Ф)) 2.01 Listen and say the months and days of the month. When is your birthday?
Circle the month and the day above. Then tell the class.

“My birthday’s in May. ” OR “My birthday’s on May tenth. ” OR “My birthday’s on the tenth of May. ”

С Ф)) 2.02 Listen to Alicia and her brother Dave. W hat are the three events on their calendar?
Practice the conversation.

FK S l D Complete the conversation. Use the conversation above to help you. Then practice with a partner.

A W h a t ______________ y o u ______________ buy your mom for her next birthday?

В I t h i n k ! ______________ get her some flowers.
A Do you always b u y ______________ s om ething on her birthday?
В Yeah, and on Mom and Dad’ s anniversary, I always s e n d ______________ some flowers.
 C elebrations

f t Grammar Futi re with be g o in g to-, indirect objects Ц))г.оз

be going to Indirect objects

’m going to buy something special. b u y /g iv e /s e n d someone som ething
You’ re going to get a present. I’ m going to buy my mother something special.
She’s going to be 50. Alicia isn’t going to give Dave anything.
We’ re going to send some flowers. Let’s send Mom and Dad some flowers.
They’ re going to have a party.
Indirect object pronouns
What are you going to do for your birthday?
me, you, him , her, us, them
I’m not goingto do anything special.
I’ m going to buy her something special.
Are you going to have a party? Alicia isn’t going to give him anything.
Yes, we are. We’re going to invite all our friends. Let’s send them some flowers.
No, we’re not. We’re not goingto do much.

Write questions with be going to using the prompts given. Then write your own answers using
indirect object pronouns where necessary.

1. you / do anything special / fo ry o u r next birthday?

A re you a o in a to do a n y th in g special fo r y o u r next b irth d a y ?
A c tu a lly m y friends are g o in g to b u y me dinner.
2. your parents / buy / you / som ething nice / on your next birthday?

3. What / you / get / your friends / for th e ir birthdays?

4. you and your classmates / send / your teacher / a birthday card?

5. When are your parents’ birthdays? What gifts / you / buy?

6. What / you / buy / your parents / for th e ir anniversary?

В Pair work Ask and answer the questions.

A Are you g o in g to do anything special fo ry o u r next birthday?

В Well, actually, I ’m go ing to be 21, so I ’m go in g to have a big party.

Speaking naturally going to

W hat are you g o in g to do to n ig h t? Are you g o in g to go to the m ovies? I ’m g o in g to sta y home.

А Ф)) 2.04 Listen and repeat the sentences above. Notice the ways of saying going to.

В Ф)) 2.05 Listen and complete the sentences with the missing words. Then ask a partner the questions.

1.Are you g o in g to send anyone flowers this year?

2. Are y o u _____________ any expensive gifts this year?
3. Are y o u _____________ any cards this month?
4. Are y o u _____________ anyone’ s birthday this month?
5. Who are y o u ______________ your next birthday with?

A Are you go in g to send anyone flow ers this year?

В Yeah, I ’m go in g to send my mom flow ers on M other’s Day. 35
 Special days

a Building vocabulary
A W hat do people do on these special days? Find two expressions from the box for each event.
W hat else do people do? Add ideas.

blow out candles on a cake go out for a romantic dinner / s h o u t “ Happy New Year”
exchange rings go to see fireworks sing “ Happy Birthday”
give som eone chocolates go trick-or-treating wear a cap and gown
get a degree or diplom a have a reception wear a costume

Valentine’s Day birthday

graduation day Halloween wedding day

A bo ut g
you j В Pair work Talk about special days or events you are going to celebrate this year
When are they? How are you going to celebrate them?

A What are you going to do on New Year’s Eve?

В I ’m going to go to a New Year’s Eve p a rty with some friends.

36
 Celebrations

Building language
А Щ))) 2.06 Listen to M arcella’s phone message. What are her plans for
tomorrow night?

Voice m ail Hi. This is Laurie. Please leave a message after the beep.
Thanks for calling.
Marcella Hi, Laurie. This is Marcella. Listen, w hat are you doin g tom orrow
night? A group of us are going out for din n e r and then to a big
New Year’ s Eve party. Do you w ant to come? We’ re m eeting at
the restaurant at 8:30, and w e ’ re probably going to go to the
party around 11:00. It’ s going to be a lot o f fun. So call me back,
OK? Oh, and by the way, they say it’ s going to snow tomorrow,
so be careful. Bye.

- gure
: out 1 В Find M arcella’s plans and the weather prediction. W hat verb forms does
she use?

a G ram m ar Present continuous for the future; be g o in g to Ф )) 2,07

You can use the present continuous or be going to to talk about plans.
The present continuous is often used for plans with specific times or places.
What are you doing for New Year’ s Eve? What are you going to do for New Year’s Eve?
We’re going to The Sea Grill for dinner. We’re goingto go somewhere for dinner.
We’re meeting friends there at 8:30. We’re going to meet some friends at a restaurant.

You can also use be going to for predictions. i т мш т ш т

It’s going to be fun. (NOT It ’ s being fun.) R em em ber to use a fo rm o f be w ith
It’s going to snow tomorrow. (NOT it ’s snowing tomorrow.) g o in g to a nd th e p re s e n t c o n tin u o u s .

We’re g o in g to m e e t s o m e frie n d s .
(NOT We g o in g to m e e t . . . )
Match each plan with a prediction. Then role-play We’re m e e tin g s o m e frie n d s .
with a partner. Ask follow-up questions. (NOT We m e e tin g . . . )

1. I th in k my parents are going to get me

som ething special for graduation, h a.
My neighbors are going trick-or-treating
on H allow een.____
3 My best friend’s getting married in M a y ..
4. My sister’ s graduating from law school s o o n . .
5. I’ m going to get my dad a tie for his b irth d a y ..
6. My best friend and I are going to Paris next
m o n t h .____
7. My sister’s having a baby next m o n t h . ____
8. My m om ’s going to retire next y e a r.____
I th in k he’ s g o in g to love it.
b. She’ s g o in g to be a great lawyer.
c. It’s g o in g to be a fun wedding.
d. We’ re going to have a great time.
e. I th in k it’s g o in g to be a boy.
f. It’s going to rain, but they d o n ’t care.
g. She’ s g o in g to love not g o in g to work.
h. O r th e y ’re going to give me some money.

~ tx x jt
you В Pair work Find out about each other’s plans for next weekend.

A What are you doing next weekend?

В Well, I ’m m eeting a friend, and we’re going to go roller-skating.

37
 Conversation
strategies t
It depends

a Conversation Strategy “ Vague” expressions

A W hat kinds of things do people do at fiestas and festivals? Make a list.

В *») 2.08 Listen. W hat happens during the fiesta?

Ray Are you going to the fiesta this
weekend?

Tina I d o n ’t know. It depends. What

is it exactly?
Ray Well, it ’ s just, um . . , it’ s a
festival. It’ s lots of parades
and stuff like that. Everybody
gets dressed up, you know . ..
Tina You mean in costumes?
Ray Yeah. There are hundreds of
cute little kids in purple and
silver o utfits with makeup and
everything. . . .
Tina Uh-huh. Uh, I’ m not big on
parades.
Ray And th e re ’s good food. You
can get all kinds of tacos and
things. Do you w ant to go?
Tina Hmm. Well, maybe.

С Notice how Ray uses “vague” expressions like these. and stu ff (like that)
He doesn’t need to give Tina a complete list. Find and things (like that)
examples in the conversation. and everything

People use a n d s t u f f in very

D Find the vague expressions in these conversations. W hat do in fo rm a l s itu a tio n s .

they mean? Choose two ideas from th e box for each one. a nd s tu ff | a n d th in g s j

anniversaries concerts dancing holidays sing “ Happy B irthday”

candles cultural events fo lk s o n g s / s e e old friends spend tim e at home

1. A What are you doing for spring break?

В I’ m going home. I really want to see my fam ily ( and e ve ry th in g !} see o ld friends

2 . A Do you usually go to a restaurant to celebrate birthdays and stuff?

В Yeah, we know a nice place. They bring out cakes and everything.

3. A Are you into tra d itio n a l music and stuff like that?
В Yeah, we have a lot of music festivals and things like that around here.
A b o u t* jp
you К E Pair w o r k Ask and answer the questions. Give your own answers.

38
 Celebrations

а Strategy plus “ Vague” responses Are you g o in g to the

fiesta this weekend?
You can use responses
' ' 1 / ----------------------------------------------------
like these if you’re not t
sure about your answer:
I d o n ’t know. >
I ’m n o t sure.
M aybe. I don’t know is th e m o st
It depends co m m o n o f th e s e resp o n se s.

шшшшшшяяшшшшшяяшшнкшяяшвшшшл I I d o n ’t know. It depends.

What is it exactly?
Match each question with two responses. Then practice with
a partner.

1. Are you going to go to any festivals this year? __a_______

2 . My friend’s having a party this weekend. Do you want to go ? __
3. Are we going to plan an end-of-year party after the last class? _
4. I have an extra ticket for a concert tonight. Do you want it? ____

a. I’ m not sure. There’s a film festival in March. e. I’ m not sure. I’ m feeling kind of tired.
b. Maybe. Let’ s talk to the teacher about it. f. It depends. W ho’ s playing?
c. It depends. When is it? This Saturday? д. I d o n ’t know. It sounds like a lot of work,
d. I d o n ’t know. I th in k I’ m w orking all weekend. h. Maybe, i’d like to go to a folk festival.

A bout
you В Pair work Ask and answer the questions. Give your own information.

Listening and strategies Celebrations around the world

А Ц>)) 2.09 Look at the pictures of two festivals. W hat’s happening? Then listen and answer
the questions about each festival.

1. Which country celebrates the festival?

2. When is it?
3. How do people celebrate?
4. Do they eat any special foods?
5. Why do they celebrate?

a. Bonfires of Saint John b. The Festival of Colors

you H в Pair work Student A: Choose a festival you know. Student B: Ask your partner the questions above.
Can you guess the festival? Are you going to celebrate it?

A So, which country celebrates the festival and when is it?

В Well, it depends. I t ’s usually in February and a lo t o f people celebrate it around the world.
People see firew orks and stuff.
 Traditions

а Reading
A W hat do people in your country do for these events?

They exchange rings.

weddings New Year’s Eve

В Read the article. Which traditions are similar to the ones Look a t th e p h o to s . They can s o m e tim e s
h e lp you w ith th e v o c a b u la ry in an a rtic le
in your country? Which are different?

eb
Although people around the world celebrate many of the same events, they
sometimes celebrate these special days quite differently. We found some interesting
- and unique - traditions for celebrating New Year's Eve, birthdays, and weddings.
Н»,

W h a t is th e n ew year going to bring?
N E W Y E A R 'S E V E
In Mexico, people celebrate the
start o f the new year by getting
togethe r w ith friends and family.
On New Year's Eve, they have a
special dinner.Then, when the
clock strikes m idnight, everyone
starts eating grapes - one for each
m onth o f the next year. A sweet
grape means the m onth is going
to be a good one. If a grape is sour,
then the m onth is not going to be
so good.
B IR T H D A Y S
In China, there's an interesting
birthday tradition for infants.
A baby is one year old on the day
he or she is born. One year later,
friends and relatives get together
for the baby's second birthday.
They put several objects in front of
the baby, such as some money, a
doll, and a book. If the baby picks
up the money, it means he or she is
going to be wealthy. Reaching for
the book means the baby is going
to be a teacher, and picking up the
doll means the
baby is going
to have a lot
o f children
one day.
What's this
baby's
future?
Are these
new lyw eds
going to have
good luck?
W E D D IN G S
Weddings around the world have
different traditions, and Venezuela
is no exception. Of course, during
a wedding ceremony, couples
promise that they will always love
and take care of each other.
However, in Venezuela, the bride
and groom don't always say their
promises - sometimes they sing
them. Later, during the reception,
the bride and groom sneak away. If
no one sees them leave, it means
they are going to have good luck in
their marriage. And that seems to
be something that all these
traditions have in com m on - they
are all meant to bring good luck.

40
 Celebrations
С Read the article again. Are the sentences true or false? Check ( / ) True (T) or False (F).
T F
1. In Mexico, people eat grapes at a special dinner. □ □
2. If you eat a sweet grape on New Year’s Eve, it means th a t the year
ahead is going to be good. □ □
3. In China, the fam ily gets together on the day the baby is born. □ □
4. If the baby picks up a doll, it means he or she is going to have a lot
o f brothers and sisters. □ □
5. In Venezuela, the bride and groom can sing th e ir promises to love
each other. □ □
6. If they d o n ’t go to the reception, it means they w ill have good luck
in th e ir marriage. □ □
- bout 1
you D Group work Discuss these questions about traditions.

What traditions do you have for w edding receptions?

Which birthdays are extra special? How do people celebrate them?
What traditions do you have for New Year’ s Day? What brings good luck for the new year?

a Listening and writing Congratulations!

А Щ)) 2,io Listen to these people ta lk about their invitations to the events below.
Complete the information.

In celebration o f their. ___ wedding

E la in e ’ s h o u s e w a rm in g p a rty
anniversary, Iris and Derek invite you to
From: E la in e C o llin s (e la in e @ c u p .o rg ) m 1
dinner o n ______ , _______ , a t _______ j) .in.
- Simon and Julie,
at The French Restaurant.
new apartm ent is ready and I'm finally having a
■: jsew arm ing party! It's on Saturday,_____ at Dear John and Jessie,
_____ p.m. My new address is 1452 E. M ulberry St. By Hope you can make it to the
* e way, Sally is going to bring som e_________ . Simon, dinner. There's going to b e ______
з п you make some o f your special. .? Thanks! a n d ______ afterward. We look
you, forward to seeing you both.
: 3 ne Best regards, Iris and Derek

В Read the Help note. Then find the expressions in the invitations above and circle them.

Writing personal notes and emails

Less formal More formal
Start like this: Dear (name), D ear (name),
Hi (name),
End like this: Take care, Best wishes,
See you, Best regards,
Love, A ll the best,

С Invite a partner to a special event. Write an invitation and add a personal note. Then exchange
invitations with your partner. Write a response.
 Learning tip Linking events with dates February blues

You can write down some of your new vocabulary on a calendar. The m o n th p e o p le ta lk a b o u t

It’ s a useful way to learn the names of special events and celebrations. le a s t is F e b ru a ry . The m o n th
p e o p le ta lk a b o u t m o s t is July.

1 Complete the calendar w ith w ords from the box.

anniversary din n e r February flowers graduation May Septem ber V alentine’ s

card Eve fireworks gown Halloween November vacation

11th - M o m 's birthday. July 1st - S um m er _ _____________ starts.

January
B uy h e r _____________________ a n d a cake. 2 2 n d - D a d 's 6 5 th b irth d a y

14th
August 16th — S u m m e r p a r ty a nd
a t night.
___________________

March 2 3 rd - Suzanne's b irthday. 1 0 th - Jack a n d Betty's wedding

G o o u t f o r _____________________ Send them a ____________________.
__________________ .

April 1st - A p r il Fool's D a y October 31st -

2 8 th - F a m ily reunion fo r
4 th — M y b irth d a y !
Thanksgiving.

2 n d - End o f exams
June December 31st - N e w Year's
21st — S c h o o l ______________
party.
R ent a cap a n d .
щтттшщщтштт®тщш§:
2 Now make your own calendar. Note im p o rta n t dates and plans in your year.

Buy a w a ll calendar. Each m o n th , circle y o u r im p o r ta n t

dates and w rite y o u r a p p o in t m e n t s and events in English.

oof IMow I can . .

I need to review how to

I talk about birthdays, celebrations, and holidays. И give vague responses like It depends.

И discuss future plans and make predictions. Щ understand conversations about festivals.

Ц talk about gift giving. Ш understand conversations about parties.

| describe how I celebrate special days and holidays. Ш read an article about world traditions.

Ш use “ vague” expressions like and everything. И write an invitation to a special event.
 U N IT

Growing up
about
lo n th
is July.
|do! In this unit, you learn how to
Lesson A Lesson В Lesson С Lesson D
Talk about growing up • Talk about school Correct things you say • Read an interview
and your family subjects people with expressions like Well, with someone about
background using the studied using most Actually, and No, wait his teenage years
simple past (of), a few (of), etc. Use I mean to correct a • Write answers to
word or name interview questions

Berore you begin . . .

Do you rem em ber. . .
your first close friend? ® a time you got into trouble?
learning to swim? 9 your first day of school?

Do you have other memories like these?

 Lesson A Childhood

Ramon That’ s a great baseball shirt, Ling. Are

you from Seattle?
Ling Um, kind of. I lived there, but I w a s n ’t
born there.
Ramon Oh, yeah? Where were you born?
Ling In Sao Paulo, actually.
Ramon Sao Paulo? Brazil?
Ling Yeah. My parents were born in Hong
Kong, but they moved to Sao Paulo just
before I was born.
Ramon Wow. How long did you live there?
Ling Until I was six. Then we moved to
the U.S.
Ramon To Seattle?
Ling Yeah. We lived there for ten years, and
we came here to San Francisco about
three years ago.
Ramon Huh. So did you grow up bilingual?
Ling Well, we always spoke Chinese at
home. I c o u ld n ’t speak English until I
w ent to school. And actually, I can still
speak a little Portuguese.

Getting started
A Complete the two sentences below. Then tell the class.

Iwas born i n __________ . I grew up i n __________.

В Ц») 2.11 Listen. Where was Ling born? Where does she live now? Practice the conversation.

FitSotTti С Circle the correct words to complete the sentences. Use the conversation
above to help you.

1. Ling’ s parents born / were born in Hong Kong.

2. Ling lived in Sao Paulo for / until six years.
3. Ling moved to Seattle when / until she was six.
4. Ling’ s fam ily moved to San Francisco three years long / ago.
44
 Growing up

а G ra rn m a r be born-, sim ple past (review); tim e expressions Ф )) 2,12 Extra practice p .m 1

’i "ere were you born? Where were your parents born?

I was born in Sao Paulo. They were born in Hong Kong.
I wasn’t born in Seattle. They weren’t born in the U.S.

How long did you live in Sao Paulo? When did they come here?
We lived there u ntil I was six. From 1995 to 2001. They came here about three years ago.
We didn’t leave until 2001. Then we came to the U.S. They came when Ling was sixteen.

Did you live there for a long time? Did she move here last year?
Yes, (I did). I lived there for six years. Yes, (she did). She moved in May.
No, (I didn’t). I didn’t live there long. No, (she didn’t). She moved in 2011.

A 44) 2,13 Complete the conversations w ith the verbs given. 1906 = “ Nineteen oh-six”
Circle the correct words. Then listen and check. 1988 = “ Nineteen eighty-eight”
2007 = “ Two thousand (an d)seve n ”
1. A Where was your m other born fbe born)? 2015 = “ Twenty fifte e n ”
_______your f a t h e r _______ (be born) there, too?

В My parents. ____ (be born) in Vancouver (in )/ to 1945.

Do n ’t co n fu se b e fo re and ago.
2. A W h e r e ____ y o u _______(live) when you were
We m o v e d h e re s ix y e a rs ag o .
y o u n g ? ___ _ y o u _______(grow up) in a big city? (NOT We m o v e d h e re b e fo re s ix y e a rs .
OR We m o v e d h e re s ix ye a rs b e fo re .)
В Actually, I _______ (grow up) in Seattle. W e _______ (stay)
there from / until I started high school.

A W h o _______(be) your best friend in school? How l o n g _______ (be) you friends?

В Well, my best f r i e n d _______(be) Jane. W e _______ (be) friends fo r / from a long time.

4. A _______you and your best friend e v e r _______ (argue)? W h a t _______ y o u _______ (fight) about?

В W e _______(not / fight) a lot. But one tim e w e _______ (not / talk) for / until three weeks.

5. A Who took care of you ago / when y o u _______(be) little ? _______ your m o th e r_______ (have) a job?

В My m o th e r _____ (work), so no o n e . (be) home when / then I ___ (get) home from
school. I _______(go) to a n e ighb or’ s house. But __(not / be) there long / u ntil.

A _______you e v e r _______ (get) in trouble? What _ y o u _______(do)?

В Oh, (get) in big trouble one tim e when / then I was seven. My m o m _______(be) mad
at me fo r / from days! Then / When I (make) her a card saying, “ Sorry.”

A b o u t !"
you:: В P a ir w o r k Practice the conversations. Then take turns asking the questions again.
Give your own answers.

a Speaking naturally did you

Where d id y o u go on vacation? W hat did yo u do? D id yo u have fun':

А Ф) 2.14 Listen and repeat the questions above. Notice the ways o f saying did you.

Ab o u t 1
you j В 4 1 2.15 Listen and complete the questions about childhood vacations. Then ask and answer the
questions w ith a partner.
1. Did y o u _______________________ ? 4. Who did y o u _____________________ ?
2. W h e r e d id y o u ___________________ ___ ? 5. D i d y o u --------------------------------------------- ?
3. How long did y o u _____________________? 6. What did y o u ------------------------------------ ?
45
 Favorite classes _________ a

Building language
A 4 '§ 2.16 Listen. What languages did these people study in school?

"All the students in my high school had "Well, years ago, most people learned
to take English - it was required. And I Russian, and only a few people took
needed English to get into my English. I studied both."
university. Some people need it for their -Karina, Prague
jobs as well."
-M i-chung, Seoul

"I took Spanish last year, and most of "A lot of my classmates dropped French
my friends did, too. But only a few of us after ninth grade. Almost all of them -
speak it well. Um, there are a lot of except me. But then, later, some of
Spanish speakers around here, so it's them had to take evening classes
kind of useful." because they needed it for work."
-Brad, Los Angeles -Fem i, Lagos

Fifo u tl В Circle the correct expression to complete the sentences. Are they true for your friends?

1. Most / Most of people like English. 3. Some / Some o f them are fluent in English.
2. Most / Most of my friends study English. 4. A few / A few o f people study two languages.

Й Grammar Determ iners*») 2.17

General (students, Canadians) Specific (the students in my class, m y friends) With pronouns
All children learn a language. All (of) the children in my town take English. All of them . . .
Most Canadians need French. Most of the people in my office know French. Most of us . . .
Some students take Spanish. Some of the students in my class take Greek. Some of u s . . .
A few people are good at Latin. A few of my classmates got As. A few of them . . .
No students like exams. None of my friends failed the exams. None of them . . .
But
A lot of people speak English well. A lot of the people in this city speak English. A lot of them . . .

A bo ut j
you I Make true sentences using determ iners. Then compare w ith a partner. People u s u a lly say e v e ry b o d y
and n o b o d y , n o t a ll p e o p le
1. my friends studied English in middle school. or no p e o p le .
. m iddle school students take English.
2. Today,. ______ employees need a second language fo r th e ir jobs.
. companies require English skills to get a job.
3. . my friends sp e a ktw o languages, R e m e m b e r t o use a in о lo t of.
them speak three languages. A lo t o f s tu d e n ts s tu d y E n g lish .
4. . college students major in languages. (NOT t e t - e f s tu d e n ts s tu d y E n g lis h .)

. the colleges here teach several different languages.

5. . students take two foreign languages in high school.
In my c la ss ,. us studied two foreign languages.

46
 —:— ------чяидиишичи
G row ing up

Q Building vocabulary
A 4 ) 2.18 Listen and say the subjects. Circle your three favorite subjects. Tell a partner.

aigebra economics band orchestra choir geometry drama physics gymnastics art
- :story geography track chem istry dance calculus biology literature com puter studies

В Put the subjects above into the categories below. Can you th in k o f other subjects?

economics

A bou t j
y ou j С Pair w o rk Talk about each subject above. Use the expressions _ Vocabulary notebook p. 52
below or use your own ideas. What do you have in common?

I t o o k / d id n ’t take . . . I was g o o d / b ad a t . . . I was / w a sn ’t in te re ste d in . . . I lik e d / d id n ’t like .

Survey What was your best subject?

A bout I
you I A Class a ctivity Choose a subject and write it in the firs t question. Then ask your classmates the
questions about high school (or last year). Keep a ta lly ( Ш ) o f the answers.

Yes No Yes No

1. Did you take ? □ □ 4. Were your classes hard? □

2. Was it your favorite subject? □ 5. Did you enjoy them?
.) 3. Did you get good grades in it? □ 6. Did you hate them?
V

В Tell the class your results. What interesting inform ation did you learn?
((I-Sounds right p. 138
“ M ost o f us took chemistry. But only a few o f us were good a t it . . . . ”
47
 Lesson С st0s ion/ W ell, actually

< n Conversation Strategy Correcting th ings you say

A How did you get to school when you were little? Did you go alone? Tell the class.
“ I always walked to school. ”
“ M y grandm oth er usually took me. ”
В Щ) 2 -i9 Listen. What does Tom remember
about his first day of school?
Tom Look at these old photos. My mom sent
them to me.
Jessica Oh, is this you?
Tom Yeah, with my best friend. We were in
kindergarten together.
Jessica O h , . . . you were cute! Do you remembe-
much about kindergarten?
Tom Not really. Well, I rem em ber my first day
o f school. Actually, I d o n ’t rem em b e rth e |
day, but I rem em ber on the way home,
I missed my bus stop.
Jessica Oh, no!
Tom Yeah. And I kept riding around until
I was the last kid on the bus.
Jessica So, how did you get home?
Tom Well, the teacher, I mean, the bus driver,
had to call and find out my address and
everything, and he took me home.
Jessica So th a t was when you were five?
Tom Yeah. Uh . . . no, w a i t . . . I was only four.
I started school early.

С Notice how Tom corrects the th in g s he says w ith

expressions like these: Actually; Well; No, wait. Find No, w ait ... I was only four.
examples in the conversation.

D Match the sentences w ith the corrections. Underline the expressions tha t are used to
make corrections. Then compare w ith a partner.

1. I remember everything from my c h ild h o o d .__ a. Actually, no, I was 12 when I quit.
2. I started sw im m ing lessons when I was th re e .. b. Well, some of it was ОК. I liked reading.
3. I hated doing h o m e w o rk .____ c. Well, once o rtw ic e a year maybe.
4. We lived n e a ra ll o f my c o u s in s .____ d. No, wait. I was five, maybe.
5. I took guitar lessons until I was 11.____ e. Well, I d o n ’t remember som e things.
6. I still see some of my kindergarten fr ie n d s .__ f. Well, actually, a few of them lived one
or two hours away.

Abyoul1 E Write three sentences about your childhood. Write a mistake in each sentence. Then te ll a partner
your sentences. Correct the inform ation w ith Well, Actually, or No, wait.
48
 Growing up

а Strategy plus I mean

You can use / mean to correct
y o u rse lf when you say the w rong
word or name. This is ju s t one use
o f / mean.

Well, the teacher, I %

rm k
mean, the bus driver,
had to c a l l .. .
------------------------------------
A Complete the questions by correcting the underlined words.
Use the w ords in the box.
i \
. ft
M e a n is one o f th e to p 100
w o rd s . A b o u t 9 0 % o f its uses
are in th e e x p re ss io n I m ea n .

1. Were you good at playing chess, I mean, checkers ? bicycle

2. Did you read a lot of cartoons, I m e a n ,_________ ? / checkers

3. Did you have a motorcycle, I mean, a _________ ? comic books

4. How often did you visit your parents, I mean, y o u r _________ ? fruit

5. Did you go skiing in the winter, I m e a n ,_________ ? grandparents

6. Did you collect anim als, I m e a n ,_________ ? sledding

7. Did you eat much fo o d , I m e a n ,_________ ? spelling

8. Were you good at speaking, I m e a n ,_________ ? stuffed animals

- DOUt|
you § В Pair w ork Ask and answer the questions above about your childhood.
Continue your conversations.

A Were you goo d at playing chess, I mean, checkers?

В Actually, we never played checkers.
ly four.

a Listening and strategies I don’t remember e x a c t ly . . .

A O ) 2.20 Listen to people ta lk about th e ir childhood memories. Underline the words they correct.
Write the corrections on the lines.

1. I played softball until I was in sixth grade.

A ctu a lly ,__________________________________________________.
2. We moved to Canada for a few years when I was seven.
No, w a i t , __________________________________________
3. My hardest class was algebra, I m e a n ,_______________
4. We were best friends in high school.
Well, a ctu a lly,_____________________________________
5. All the kids teased me in school because I had an unusual name.
W e ll,_____________________________________________________ .

-boutj
you j В Pair w o r k Take turns te llin g memories of growing up.
Ask questions to find out more inform ation.

“ I rem em ber I g o t into big trouble one tim e when I was seven. No, w a it. . . I was eight, and I ..

49
 Lesson D Teenage years

Reading
A Brainstorm the word teenager. What do you th in k of? Make a class list.

teenager: parties, loud music, fights with parents

Afte r yo u read, reflect.
В Read the interview . What, if anything, do you have in common Com pare y o u r a n s w e rs to th e
w ith Joe? q u e s ti o n s w it h th e in te r v ie w e e ’ s.

Teenage Years
AN INTERVIEW WITH JO E H O D G SO N . JO E GRADUATED
FROM TH E UNIVERSITY O F M AN CH ESTER, EN G LA N D
WITH A D EGR EE IN G EN E TIC S .

1. Where were you born? Did you spend
your teens there?
I was born in a small town near
Manchester. I spent my teens there until
I went to university* when I was 18.
2. What's one thing you remember
about school?
I had a lot of fun with all my friends,
playing soccer and pool. We used to try
and sneak out of school during breaks to
go to the sweet shop* around the corner.
3. What were your best subjects in
school and your worst?
My best subject was science, especially
biology, and that's what I ended up doing
for my degree. My worst subject was
algebra. I was never very good at it.
4. How did you spend your free time?
I spent a lot of time playing sports - soccer,
cricket, and handball. I also did a lot of
music - 1played trumpet in the school
orchestra. I sang in the choir as well.
5. What fashions and trends do you
remember from your teen years?
The fashion I remember most was "em o"
fashion because that was something
I used to wear. We wore slim-fit jeans, black
T-shirts and like most of my friends, I had
long hair.
6. What was the most difficult thing
about being a teenager?
Being stuck between being a kid and
being an adult - so trying to balance the
two. I think most teens feel that way.
I wanted to be treated like a true adult
some of the time, and like a kid at other
times. It was frustrating when someone go: |
the "wrong" age.
7. What's the happiest memory you
have from your teen years?
I played handball for my college team, and |
my happiest memory was when I was
picked to play for England when I was 17.
It was such a great feeling when I heard
the national anthem and knew I was
representing my country.
8. Who or what influenced you when
you were a teenager? What did you
learn?
My parents influenced me a lot, although
I only really appreciated it when I was
older. Some of my best friends influenced
me, too. They all taught me the value of
hard work, and of being yourself and
enjoying that.
9. What do you miss about your teen
years?
I miss the lack of responsibility! Now
I have to worry about so much stuff like
work and money, so I miss being a
teenager because everything was a lot
easier then.
10. What's one piece of advice you
would give to today's teenagers?
Enjoy it! Have lots of fun. It's a great
time - so have a great time.

50
 Growing up "И М И
С Are these sentences true or false? Check ( / ) True (T) or Folse (F). Can you correct the false ones?
T F
1. Joe was born in Manchester. □ □
2. He liked to sneak out o f school to go to the movie theater. □ □
3. His w orst s ubject in school was biology. □ □
4. He wore Ы а с к Т -shirts and had long hair when he was in school. □ □
5. Joe’ s best m em ory was playing soccer for England when he was 17. □ □
6. Joe enjoyed having no responsibility as a teenager. □ □

: DOU t I
you! D Pair w o r k Ask and answer three questions from the interview .

a Listening A long time ago

Ф )) 2.21 Listen to Colin talk about being a teenager in England many years ago.
Complete the sentences by circling a, b, or c.

1. Colin was a teenager a. in t h e ’ 40s. b. in the ’50s. c. in the ’ 60s.

2. He quit school when hewas a. 13. b. 14. c. 15.
3. His first job was a. in a factory. b. in a store, c. on a farm,
4. His main interest was a. music. b. buying clothes. c. w atching TV.
5. His main regret is that he a. spent a lot of money, b. d id n ’ t take classes, c. d id n ’t have fun.

Writing An interview

A Write five interview questions to ask a classmate about when he or she was younger.
Leave spaces for the answers.

1. D id you get along with your parents?

2. Were yo,u a good student?

About I
you j В Pair w o r k Exchange your questions w ith a classmate. Write answers to your classmate’ s questions.
Use the example and the Help note below to help you.

1. D id you get along wRhyour^paLeatsl_____________ ..\

Yes, most of the time. I got good grades, so that .was.,
__ no problem. We agreed on..mns.Ltbiiigs^X££.p±.faL—
__ the car. We had a J o l .of fgh ts a bout.that....
Linking ideas: e x c e p t (fo r ), a p a r t fro m
We a g re e d on m o s t th in g s e x c e p t f o r the
car. We d id n ’t a g re e on m u c h a p a r t fro m
m y b e s t frie n d . They lik e d her.

A bout
yo u l C P a ir w o r k R e a d your partner’s answers. Ask questions to find out more inform ation.

51
 i— Vocabulary notebook / I hated math!

Learning tip Grouping vocabulary

You can group new vocabulary in different ways to help you
remember it. For example, group things you can or can’t do
o r th in g s you are interested in or not interested in.
___________ ____ _ _ _ У
Complete th e chart w ith th e school subjects in the box. Add more ideas

x S r W alk around a laree

■ do / N ow I can . .
can . . . I need to review how to .

Ш talk about my family background and f l understand conversations about childhood

memories o f growing up. memories.
Ш discuss school subjects. I understand someone talk about his teenage
years.
■ say how many people do things.
H read an interview about being a teenager.
Ш use Well, Actually, No, wait, and I mean to
correct myself. И write answers to interview questions.

52
Around town
B § do/ In this unit, you learn how to . . .
Lesson A Lesson В Lesson С Lesson D
• Ask about neighborhood • Ask for and give • Check information by Read an online
places with Is there. . . ? directions repeating words or using guide to Istanbul
and Are there. . . ? » offer and ask for expressions like Excuse me? Write a walking-
• Say where places are with help with Can and • Ask “ echo” questions like It’s tour guide
expressions like nextto, Could where? to check information
between, etc.

T icket Ticket
SuicaJ. j fli

Match each comment with a picture.

I “ There’s a lo tto see.” Ц “ It’ s great for shopping,
I “ It’s easy to get around.” В “ There’s a lot of nightlif
W hat else can you say about each place?
 Lesson A Finding places

THIRD AVENUE

Freeman’s
Department
Store

I IN C O I N S T I
All-Rex
Eddie’s
Drugstore
Electronics

SECOND AVENUE

S o nia Excuse me, please. Is there a

cafe with free Wi-Fi near here?
Uh . . . there’ s one on Main
Street - across from the big
departm en t store. It’ s right
up this street.
S o nia Thanks. Oh, and are there any
cash machines around here?
ja c k Yeah. There are some ATMs FIRST AVENUE
over there, outside the bank,
just across the street.
S o nia Oh, yeah. I see them . Thanks.

Getting started
A Look at the map. What can you do at each place you see? Tell the class.
“ Well, there’s a fu rn iture store. I guess you can buy tables a n d . . . ”

В Ф)) 2.22 Listen. Sonia is asking Jack for help. What is she looking for? Practice the conversation.
Figuri
it out С Can you complete these questions and answers? Practice w ith a partner.

1. A ______________ a furniture store near here? 2. A ____________ any ATMs around here?

В Yes, th e re ’ s ______________ on Beach Street. В Yes, there a r e ______________ cash

m achines just across the street.

54
 Around town

а G r a m m a r Is there? Are there?-, location expressions 4 )) 2.23

Is there a cafe with free Wi-Fi near here? Are there any cash machines near here?
Yes, there is. There’s one on Main Street. Yes, there are. There are some outside the bank.
No, there isn’t. There isn’t one in this neighborhood. No, there aren’t. There aren’t any nearby.

A Look at the map on page 5 4 . Complete the questions with Location expressions
Is there a or Are there any. Complete the answers w ith one,
some, any, and location expressions. Then practice. Ы®
""Ш У
behind in front of
Driver __ Is there a bank around here?

M a tt Yeah, there’ s .
It’s _________
one right. on
___the deli. Do you see Sam’s Deli - just
, Main Street.
t i b 'T
next to
TTt between

. the street?

Driver Oh, yeah. Can I park there? I m e a n ,. parking lot? Si

inside
•
outside
M a tt Well, th e re ’ s ______________ j u s t __ . the bank, but
гота
the entrance i s . Lincoln.

Driver _____________public restrooms near there? T * Ti T

a tt No, there aren’t ______________ there, but th e re ’s a on First Street on the corner of
d e partm en t s to r e ______________ Main and Third. I’ m sure Main and First

there a r e ______________ th e r e , ______________ the store.

Driver Thanks. Oh, a n d . ___ shoe stores near here?

1
on M a in , ______________ Second across (the street) from;
M a tt Well, th e re ’ s ___
opposite
and Third Avenues. But th a t’ s a bout it.

Driver Okay. And one more thing - __________ _ post office around here?

M a tt Um . . . actually, there isn’t ___________ in this neighborhood.

There’s only a mailbox, . the drugstore - .
the shoe store.

are
В P airw o rk Now ask and answer questions about these places
D o n ’t use Is th e re w ith
on the map.
p lu ra l n o u ns.

• a jewelry store restaurants a convenience store A re th e re a n y ATMs?

• a gas station electronics stores (NOT Is th e re a n y ATMs?)

a Speaking naturally Word stress in compound nouns

• • • • • •
b ookstore re stro o m dru g sto re

А ф | 2,24 Listen and repeat the compound nouns above. Notice the stress pattern.
- bout I
you I В Ф)) 2.25 Listen and complete the questions. Then ask and answer the questions w ith a partner.
1. Are there any n i c e . __________ near 4. Are there any good . in this
your home? neighborhood?
2. Is there a ________ around here? 5. Is there a g o o d ____ _ nearyourhome?
3. Is there a ________ in this area? 6. Are there a n y _____ around here?

55
 Lesson В Getting around

Panther
Stadium
Davis
Aquarium
Skateboard
Ramp
Symphony
J^ f Subway Hall Fisherman’s Pier
Entrance
Parking Garage

Shopping Mall

Shakespeare
Theater Visitor
Center

Rock ’n’
Museum of Roll
Modem Art Blue Water Museum
^ Park (

A Excuse me, could you give me directions

to the Rock ’ n ’ Roll Museum? Are you lost? Can I help you?

В Sure. Go straight ahead for two blocks.
You’ re going to see a ferry terminal. Make a
right and go down the street about a block.
It’s on the left.
Yes, thanks. Can you tell me how to get to
Panther Stadium?
Sure. Go to the end of this block, and turn
right. Walk up two blocks. You can’t miss it.
тгАштттпи \nmim

m Building vocabulary arid grammar

А Ф)) 2.26 Listen to the conversations above, and follo w the directions on the map. Then underline all
the expressions for directions. Practice w ith a partner.

Fif o S l В Look at the inform ation below. Find your location and destination on the map. Then complete the
questions and put the directions in order.

1. You’ re in the Ocean Hotel. Someone asks:
A Are you lost?_________ I help you?
В T h a n k s ._________ you give me directions
to Sym phony Hall?
A □ Um, then make a right.
I I Turn left again at the corner, and
walk up two blocks.
I I It’ s right there, on the right.
EH Um, yes. When you go out of the hotel,
turn left.
2. You’ re outside the parking garage. You ask:
A _________ you tell me how to get to the
aquarium?
В EH The aquarium is going to be on your righ:
EHYou’ re going to see a ferry terminal.
EHSure. Go straight ahead for two blocks.
□ Make a left.
□ Walk up the street about one block.

56
 Around tow n H f f f f F M I H

а Grammar Offers and requests with Can and Could 4 )) 2.27

: 1ЙЙ ёЙМШШ
Offers Requests
Can I help you? Can you help me?
What can I do? Can you tell me how to get to the aquarium? Can y o u . . . ? is more com m on
How can I help? Could you give me directions? than C ould y o u . . . ? fo rr e q u e s ts .
People use C ould y o u . .. ?to
make th e ir requests more polite.

A Look at the map on page 56. Some people are asking for directions Can y o u . . . ?

at the V isitor Center. Complete the questions and directions. c o u ld y o u . . . ?

J
1 . A _________ you give me directions to the Museum of Modern Art? Is it far from here?

В Uh, no, it ’ s not far. So, go out of the door and t u r n _______________________________

2. A _________ you recommend a place to go running?

В Let me thin k. There’s a running path in Seaside Park. G o .

3. A Good m o r n in g .______________________ I help you?

В Yeah, t h a n k s ._y ou tell me how to get to Panther Stadium?

A Sure, you need to g o ____________________________________________

4. A I’ m staying at the Ocean H o te l._________ you give me directions from there to the aquarium?

В Oh, no problem. G o ________________________________________________________________

5. A H e llo ._________ I help you? Oh, I’ m sorry. You’ re w aiting for a subway map. Here you go.
So, the subway is just a short w alk from here. G o ____________________________________ .

В Thanks. Have a good day.

В Pair w ork Take turns asking for and giving directions to different places on the map on page 56.

a Listening and speaking Finding your way around

A 4 )) 2.28 Look at the map on page 56 again. Listen to the concierge at the Ocean Hotel give
directions to people. Where do they want to go? W rite the places.

1. 2. ______________ 3. ______________ 4. ___________

z DOUt p
you! В Pair w o r k Take turns asking the questions below and giving directions
the neighborhood you are in.

• Is there a place to go skateboa rd ing near here?

• Could you recommend a cheap restaurant around here?
• Are there any cash machines w ithin walking distance?
• Can you tell me how to get to the subway or to a bus stop?
• Could you give me directions to the nearest drugstore?
• Can you recommend a good place to go shopping?
1 ^ 138
A Is there a place to go skateboarding near here?
В Well, le t me think. There’s a skateboarding park behind the library. You ju s t w a l k . . .

57
 Як Conversation strategy Checking information

A What kind of inform ation do people ask a concierge when they are staying in a hotel?
Make a class list.

They ask for directions to restaurants.

В *») 2.29 Listen. What places does the concierge recommend? Where does Maria decide to eat?

C oncierge Hello. Can I help you?

Maria Um, are there any nice places to ea:
around here?
C oncierge Excuse me? Did you say places to ea:
M aria Yes, but not fast food.
C oncierge OK. Well, th e re ’s a Mexican
restaurant w ith in w alking distance.
M aria W ithin w alking distance?
C oncierge Yes. It’ s right down the street.
It gets great reviews. Or there’ s a
Vietnamese place on ParkAvenue.
That’ s really good.
M aria I’ m sorry? There’ s a Vietnamese
place where?
C oncierge ParkAvenue. But it’ s always busy.
There’ s usually a bout a 15-minute
w ait.
M a ria Did you say fifteen or fifty?
Concierge Fifteen.
M a ria Oh, OK. Well, that sounds good.
Could you give me directions?
.........
С Notice how Maria and the concierge check “There’s about a Checking expressions:
inform ation. They repeat words as a question 15-minute wait.” I ’m sorry?
“Fifteen or fifty?” Excuse me?
or use “ checking” expressions. Find examples
Did you s a y . . . ?
in the conversation.
What did you say?

D Ф)) 2.30 Complete the conversations w ith the m issing words. Then listen and check
Practice w ith a partner and continue the conversations.

1. A Could you give me directions to the bus station? В I’ m sorry? Did you say the _
2. A Is there an Indonesian restaurant near here? В Did you say Indian o r ___________

3. A Do you have a num ber for a cab company? В Excuse me? Did you say a _______

4. A How do you get to the airport from here? В Sorry, w hat did you say? T he ______

5. A Are there any good movies on this week? В A n y ______________ , did you say?
58
 Around town

а Strategy plus “ Echo” questions

In an “ echo” question, Here are some more

you repeat som ething examples:
you heard, and you A Is there a d rugstore
add a question word a ro u n d here?
to check inform ation В I ’m sorry, a what?
you did n ’t hear. A It opens a t 10:00.
В Excuse me? It opens
There’s a Vietnamese I’ m sorry? There’ s a
a t w h a t tim e?
place on Park Avenue. Vietnamese place where?

Ц))) 2.31 Complete the conversations w ith “ echo” questions. Use the
words in the box. Then listen and check. Practice w ith a partner.
ШШШавь.
When people ask others to repeat
in fo rm a tio n , they say I ’m s o rry ?
how far how much /w h a t w hat kind of when where more often than Excuse m e?

I ’m s o rry ?
1. A So, are there any them e parks here? Excuse m e?

В I’ m sorry, any what ?

2. A Is there an outdoor sw im m ing pool around here?

В Actually, there is. It’ s opposite the park.
A Excuse me? It’ s ______________ ?

3. A You know, movie tickets cost $12. They’ re expensive.

В They c o s t ______________ ?
4. A They have great o utdoor concerts every night until 10:00.
В I’ m sorry, u n t i l ______________ ?
5. A So, are there any museums in the city?
В Yeah. There’s a science museum about 15 m inutes away.
A I’ m sorry, i t ’s ______________ ?

6. A There are some good Thai restaurants here.

В There are some g o o d ______________ restaurants?

a Listening and strategies Tourist information

А Щ ) 2.32 Listen to the start of six conversations at a visito r center. What do you th in k each person
says next to check the inform ation? Number the sentences 1 to 6.

□ Excuse me? Fourteen or forty? Ш Did you say Thai? □ I’m sorry? From where?
□ I’ m sorry. It’s how far? EH I’ m sorry, a list of what? О Did you say roller skates?

В щ ) 2.33 Now listen to the complete conversations. How does the person w orking at the visito r
center answer the questions above?

С Pair w ork Role-play conversations at a visito r center. Ask for inform ation about places in your town
or city, and check the inform ation you hear.

A Are there any good g ift shops around here?

В Excuse me? What kind o f shops? Д Д Я Д 5Е В Р
59
Lesson D Exploring the city

A What do you know about Istanbul? Make a class list.

It's in Turkey. Writers s o m e tim e s de fin e words

they use w ith a dash:
В Read the website below. Find one th in g you d id n ’t know about Enjoy a cup o f chay - Turkish tec.

Istanbul and one th in g y o u knew already.

http://w w w .disco vering turke y. •л к + _ д

days in
3 Istanbul--
Is there any other city quite like Istanbul? Europe and Asia meet
in this fascinating and lively place. With amazing sights, sounds,
and smells on every corner, it's a must-see for everyone!

Пэ\/ Л * WITH A WALKING TOUR Your tour begins at Giilhane

J Park- Enjoy the shaded Lawns and beautiful gardens, and walk
toward the famous Topkapi Palace. The museum has incredible jewels, gold, and
works of art. Then walk through the palace grounds for fabulous views across
the Bosphorus. Walk back into the park and enjoy a cup of chay - Turkish tea
- at one of the little outdoor cafes.
Outside the park, walk down one of the little cobblestone streets with traditional
1 wooden houses. Find your way to the seventeenth century Blue Mosque -
named for the blue tiles on its inside walls. Then walk north for a couple of
blocks and visit the beautiful Hagia Sophia mosque - now a museum.

Г | - j. . p . SHOP TILL YOU DROP Start your day at the colorful and
j bustling Grand Bazaar. There are thousands of shops with
everything from gold and silver to beautiful Turkish rugs. You'll find plenty
of souvenirs here to take home with you. Then head north and continue to
the fabulous spice market.
For a quick lunch, go to one of Istanbul's pastry shops and try a borek - a
pastry with a cheese or meat filling. Delicious!
Spend the rest of your day exploring the fashionable area of Nisantasi, with
its designer shops and exciting nightlife. Ready to drop? End your day at
, one of Istanbul's famous Turkish baths.

Nisantasi ■
П з \/ 3 * TAKE A TRIP 0N ™ E RIVER Today'
U Q J J • take the local ferry from Eminonu to toAnadoluKavagi
Anadolu Kavagi. Don't forget your camera so you can
Giilhane Bosphorus
take spectacular photos of palaces, old houses, and Park R iver

forts along the way. Then, before the boat returns, be

Topkapi
sure to have a leisurely lunch at one of the seafood Grand Bazaar iH'Palace
restaurants. Or, i f you're feeling energetic, hike up the Hagia
hill for a fantastic view. Sophia
Eminonu Blue Mosque
 Around tow n
Read the website again and answer the questions. Then compare w ith a partner.

Where can you do these things, a c c o rd in g to the website?

a. buy a Turkish rug c. see jewels and works of art
b. w alk around beautiful gardens d. d r in к Turkish tea
2. What is a b o re k l
3. What sights can you see on the boat trip?
4. How did the Blue Mosque get its name?
5. Which three places w ould you like to see on this tour? Why?
6. Are there any places you would n o t go to? Why?

a Talk about it What are some of your favorite places?

Group w o rk Discuss places in your town or city. Can you agree on the best place to do these things?

Is there . . .
a good place to sit and watch people go by?
a fun place to spend a rainy afternoon?
a cheap (but good) place to eat?
a quiet area to go for a w alk or a jog?
a good place to shop for electronics?
an interesting museum?
a neighborhood with a lot of cultural events?
a neighborhood with lots of interesting nightlife?

a Writing A walking-tour guide

A Read the guide to Rockville and the Help note below. Underline the expressions for
giving directions.

. -... ................... ___............. . . . . . .... . ....... .-..... ..

I .Edit; ' I Ooci.men; D em ents [ la b le s ;.аЫс Layout j C harts [
Giving directions

A W alking lo u r o f Rockville • The tour begins at _

T h e t o u r begi ns at M o n t e r e y P ar k . It's a b e a ut i f u l p a r k w i t h a * Turn rig h t o n ____ . Street.
big lake. It h a s b ea ut i f ul f lower g a r d e n s all year. • Return to . . . / Walk back to . . .
B n t e r t he p a r k o n L inc ol n Avenue. Wa l k a l o n g t he r o a d until
* Walk north for two blocks.
you get t o t he lake. F i n d a nice p a r k be n ch . I t ’s a g o o d pl ace
to sit a n d w a t c h people. » Continue east on _ . Street.
V. J
Walk back to t he e n t r a nc e a n d t ur n right on Lincoln Avenue. . . .

' .bout |
you I В Now w rite a guide for a w alking tour in your city or town. Write about three different
places and explain why they are worth visitin g . Give directions to each place.

С Group w o r k Read your classmates’ guides. Then te ll the group which tour East
you would like to take and why.

S o u th

61
 ;Wsi

Learning tip Drawing maps Is there a bank around here?

People say a ro u n d h e re 50 t im e s more
Draw and label a map to help you remember directions. f r e q u e n t ly th a n n e a r here.

1 Use th e map to num ber the directions to th e bank below.

1 I Walk one more block.

□ Turn right.
Ш Walk up one block.
I~~l Make a left.
□ It’s on the left, just past the post office.

2 Now draw your own map. Show the w ay from your home or
class to a place you often go. Then w rite the direc tions to go w ith the map.

Buy or d o w n lo a d a map o f y o u r tow n or

city. H ig h lig h t th e route from one place I
you k n o w to another. Then w rite
d ire c tio n s . Learn the d ire c tio n s .

So! IMowTcari” .
I need to review how to

I ask questions about places in a Щ use expressions like Excuse me? to check information.
neighborhood.
Ш ask “ echo” questions to check information.
Ш say where places are in a neighborhood.
H understand directions and follow along on a map.
И make offers like Can I help you?
H understand conversations at a visitor center.
I make requests like Can you help me?
S read an online city guide.
И ask for and give directions.
Ш write a walking-tour guide for a neighborhood.
 Checkpoint \U n its 4-6

a Unscramble the questions.

Put the words in the correct order to make questions. Then ask and answer the questions
w ith a partner.

1. doing / are / next weekend / w hat / you ?

W h a t are y o u do in g next weekend?______________________
2. after class / going to / you / go shopping / are ?

3. it / rain / tom orrow / g o in g to / is ?

4. you / here / did / another city / from / move ?

5. last year / you / did / on vacation / go / where ?

6. w hat / your / in school / favorite / was / subject ?

7. are / a lot of / in / fun places / neighborhood / there / your ?

a Can you complete this conversation?

Complete the conversation. Use the words and expressions in the box. Use capital letters where
necessary. Then practice w ith a partner.

actually / a r e there any him I’ m not sure on some was born where
and everything did you say I mean my grandfather one until w hat tim e

A A re there a n y nice gift stores around here?

В ______________gift stores? Um, there’ s ______ just across the street.
Oh,. no, it closed. But there are _______in the mall.
A Oh yeah. ! need to g e t . som ething. It’s his birthday next week.
В Oh, really? How old is he going to be?
A Well, h e ____________in 1948, so how old is that?
В Oh, I’ m not good at math. So, w hat are you going to g e t _________
A U m , ______________ .
В Does he have any hobbies?
A Well, he’ s pretty active. He’ s really into exercise.
В Well, here’ s an idea. Take him to a bow ling alley for his birthday.
A Take h i m ____________________ ?
В To a bow ling alley. There’ s o n e ____________ F ifth ,________________
Sixth Avenue. And you can play pool and table t e n n is ___________
It d o e sn ’t c lo s e ______________ m idnight.
A It closes a t ______________ ? Actually, th a t’ s a great idea. Thanks.
63
 а What can you remember?
A Add four words to each category, and compare w ith a partner. Ask questions to find out more
inform ation.

New Year's Eve M ay 1st — my birthday the bank biology

A How are you going to celebrate New Year’s Eve?

В We’re going out for dinner. How about you? Are you going to have a party, o r . .. ?

В Choose a category and survey your class or group. Report your findings to the class.
“Most o f us are going to celebrate New Year’s Eve. ” “Nobody is going to have a birthday party.

S i Get it right!
A Can you complete these questions? Use the words in the box.
1. W hat’ s your city, I mean, y o u r _____________ like? swim
2. Are you going to any birthday parties, I mean this year? best
3. Can you give me directions to a bank around here? I mean, a ? neighborhood
4. When did you learn to walk? I mean, when did you learn to _ ? w eddings
5. What was your worst, I m e a n ,______________ subject
subject inin scht
school? post office

В Pair w ork Take turns asking the questions above. Use “ vague” expressions in your answers.
Check your partner’ s answers w ith “ echo” questions.

A What’s your city, I mean, your neighborhood like?

В Well, I like it. There’s a lot to do. We have a lot o f cafes and restaurants and everything.
A I’m sorry. A lot o f what?

a Do you know your city?

Pair w ork Write directions from your class to three places nearby. Then trade papers. Can your
partner guess the places?

64
Going away
d o ! In this unit, you learn how to
Lesson A Lesson В Lesson С Lesson D
Talk about getting ready Talk about things to take Respond to Read an article about
for a trip using infinitives on a trip suggestions unique hotels
to give reasons Give advice and Use I guess when Write an email about
Give opinions using suggestions with should, you’ re not sure a trip
It’s + adjective + to could, need to, etc.

Before you begin

Brainstorm! Think of three .
• fun things to do on a trip
• different ways to travel.
Lesson A Getting ready

I_! c>et a new su itc a s e and pack.

□ Buy tra v e l-s iz e to ile trie s .
□ Go online t o research flig h ts .
О Send flig h t info t o A u n t Maria.
□ Take p h o to ID. (Find p a s s p o rt!)
П Check on th e weather.

A icia So, are you all packed fo r y o u r tr ip ?

Rita No. I’ m nowhere near ready - look at my to-do
list! I need to go shop p in g to get a suitcase.
And I still have to go online to find a flight.
a Uh-oh. So, is it expensive to fly to Puerto
Rico - or is it easy to find cheap flights?
Rita Well, it’ s not too hard to find a bargain. You
ju st have to do some research.
i с a Right. So w hy are you going exactly?
Rita To see my relatives in San Juan. Then w e’ re all
going someplace to go snorkeling.
Miicia Nice. Sounds like a fun trip. Good luck with
your list.
Rita Thanks.

m Getting started
A Look at Rita’ s “ to-do ” list for her upcoming trip . What other things do you need to do before a trip?
Make a class list.

В 4D) 3.01 Listen. W hat’ s Rita going to do in Puerto Rico? Is she ready for the trip?
Practice the conversation.

S i С Circle the correct verb forms to complete the sentences. Use the conversation above to help you.

1. I’ m going to Puerto Rico see / to see my relatives.

2. I still have to go online to buy / buying a ticket.
3. Is it / Is cheap to fly to Puerto Rico?
4. Is / It’ s easy to find a bargain.
 Going away

а Grammar Infinitives for reasons; I t ’s + adjective + to . . . Ц>)) з.ог Extra practice p. 146 ’

You can use an infinitive to give a reason. You can use It’s + adjective + to to describe a verb.
Why are you going to Puerto Rico? Is it expensive to fly? (NOT is expensive to fly?)
To see my relatives. It’s easy to find a cheap flight online. (NOTtei
I’ m going to Puerto Rico to see my relatives. Is it easy to find bargains online?
I need to go shopping to get a suitcase. It’s easy to do.
I have to go online to find a flight. It’s not hard to do.
The to p five adjectives in the
structure I t ’s ______to . . . are
h a rd , nice, easy, g o o d , and
Complete the conversation extracts. Use infin itiv e s for reasons
im p o rta n t.
and i t ’s / is it + adjective + to. Then practice w ith a partner.

A I’ m going to go to Tokyo to study lapanese (go to Tokyo / study Japanese) next month.
I’ m staying with a fam ily on an exchange program. I just got my visa.
В Wow! S o ,____________________________ (necessary / learn some Japanese) before you go?
A Well, yeah.. __________ (nice / say “ Thank yo u ” ) and things.
(im portant / know a few expressions) I thin k , so
I w ant to _________(get a phrase book / read) on the plane.

A I need t o . _____(buy a guid e b o o k / get some ideas) for sightseeing, too.

В S o , _____ (easy / get around) Tokyo?
A Well, they say __________ (not hard / use the subway). But I heard
(easy / get lost) when yo u ’ re w alking around.

3. A I need t o . ________ (go to the bank / change some money), too.

I heard _ _______(good / have some cash). You know, you need
t o ______ (carry some cash / pay for taxis) and things.
(not possible / pay) for everything w ith a credit card?
A Not re a lly._________________________
_________ (not easy / do) that.

В Pair w o r k Choose a country to visit. Role-play a conversation about preparing for the trip.
Use the conversation above for ideas. Think of more question s to ask.

A I ’d love to go to Brazil to see the Carnival in Rio.

В Is it expensive to fly there?

a Speaking naturally Reduction of to

A Is i t expensive to v is it y o u r country? В Well, i t ’s h a rd to fin d cheap hotels.

rin ?

A 4 )) з.оз Listen and repeat. Notice the reduction of to in the sentences above.
About I
you I В 4 })) 3.04 Listen and complete the questions. Then ask and answer the questions w ith a partner.
1. Do you need a v is a ______________ your country?
2. Do you need to speak the la ngua ge___________ your city?
3. Is it e asy______________ a cheap place to stay?
4. Is it s a fe ______________ late at night?
5. Do you have to p a y . in museums?

67
 Th ngs to remember

Building vocabulary
А Ф)) 3,05 Listen and say the words. What else do you see in the picture? Make a list.
Can you th in k o f any other things you need when you travel? Compare with a partner.

a bathing suit

insect repellent j a sleeping ba

a towel
sandals

a pair of scissors

a brush
pajamas
makeup S ham poo

shampoo j
- - "■

Sunscreen
SPF15

a toothbrush
sunscreen
toothpaste j a razor
batteries

ws%t| В Complete the chart using at least 15 different words. Then compare w ith a partner.

On a beach a b a th in g s u it sunscreen a te n t
vacation

On a cam ping
trip

To stay overnight
with a friend

“ On a beach vacation, you need to take a bathing s u it to go swim m ing. ”

ь’& т ш т т я м ш ш ж
 Going away \ b i

а Building language
А Ф)) 3.06 Listen. Jenny’s going on a camping trip.
What’s her mother’s advice? Practice the conversation.

Jenny, maybe you should take some insect

r e p e lle n t. . . . Oh, and take a flashlight, and d o n ’t
forget to pack some spare batteries. . . . Why d o n ’t
you take my jacket? It’s a good idea to have
som e th in g w a r m . . . . Now, you need to take a hat.
You could borrow your d a d ’ s. But d o n ’ t lose it. . . .
Oh, a n d je n n y , do you w ant to pack some other shoes?
ny I’ m sorry, Mom. Did you say something? I can’t
he a ry o u with my headphones on.

■ ig u re i
t o u t! В How does Jenny’s m other make suggestions? What does she say about packing these things?

insect repellant a fla s h lig h t spare batteries her jacket s om ething warm a hat other shoes

“ You sh ou ld take some insect repellant. ”

a G r a m m a r Advice and suggestions 4 ) ) 3.07 Extra practice p. 146

What should I take? Do you want to pack some other shoes?

Should I take these shoes? Why don’t you take a hat?
You should take a hat. It’s a good idea to pack a jacket.
You-shouldn’t take high heels. Take a flashlight.
Y ou s h o u l d . . . can be very
You could borrow your dad’ s hat. Don’t forget to pack some batteries. strong. People s o m e t im e s
You need to have warm clothes. so fte n it by sayin g:
I th in k y o u s h o u l d . . .
M a y b e y o u s h o u l d (ju s t) . .
A Complete the suggestions to someone going on these trips. Y ou s h o u l d p r o b a b l y . . .

Then compare w ith a partner. Add more suggestions.

1. a h ikin g trip in the Andes 3. a language course in Canada

“ I th in k y o u should take a firs t-a id k it “ You n e e d _________________
“ It’ s a good id e a _______________________ “ It’s not a good id e a .
“ M aybeyou s h o u ld n ’t. “ You c o u ld ________
2. sightseeing in Paris 4. backpacking around Asia
“ Don’t fo r g e t________ “ Та k e __________________
“ Why d o n ’t y o u ___ “ You should probably.
“ Maybe you s h o u ld . “ You want t o ________

About I
you I В P a irw o rk Now look at these trip ideas. Make four suggestions to someone going on these trips.

Why d o n ’t you take some souvenirs to your relatives in the U.S.?

visiting relatives in the U.S. Do n o t use can to give advice .

a homestay in Japan I th in k y o u s h o u l d take a fir s t- a id kit.

(NOT I th in k y o u e m take a fir s t- a id k it.)
a working vacation in Australia
a road trip through California

6 B 1 B
 Lesson С S g g jg ^ s a g ea

БИ Conversation strategy Responding to suggestions

A Would you like to take a few days o ff and go away?

What would you do? Tell the class.
Chris You know, we should take a fev,
В 4 } ?,08 Listen. What would Chris and Stan like to do? days off som etim e.
What are they probably going to do? Stan Yeah, we should. Definitely.
Chris We could go to Mexico or
som ething.

Stan That’ s a great idea.

Chris We could even go for a couple
of weeks.
Stan Well, m a y b e . ! guess we could,
b u t...

Chris You know, we could ju st quit

our jobs and maybe go
backpacking for a few months__
Stan Well, I d o n ’t know. I’ d like to,
b u t . . . I guess I need to keep
this job, you know, to pay for
school and stuff.
Chris Yeah, me too, I guess.

С Notice how Stan responds to For suggestions you like: For suggestions you don’t like:
Chris’s suggestions w ith That’s a great idea. Maybe.
expressions like these. Find That sounds great. I guess we could, b u t . . .
examples in the conversation. I ’d love to. I don’t know.
I ’d like to, b u t . . .

D Complete each response w ith an appropriate expression. Use six different expressions.
Then practice w ith a partner.

1. A Why d o n ’t we take a beach vacation soon? 4. A Let’ s go cam ping this weekend.
В ______________ We can go w indsurfing! В ______________ I th in k it’ s going to rain.

2. A Youshould ski with me this weekend. 5. A We could go to Moscow in February.

6 I have to work. В ______________ It’ s really cold in February.

3. A Why d o n ’t we go to Boston next month? 6. A Let’ s go to New Zealand for a vacation.

В _______________ I d o n ’t have any money. В ______________ New Zealand is beautiful!

A bo ut I
you | E Pair w o r k Practice again. Use your own responses and continue each conversation.
Can you agree on som ething you’ d both like to do?

70
 Going away

Strategy plus I guess

You can use I guess

when you’re not 100%
sure about something I g u e s s is one o f th e to p
or if you don’t want 20 e xp re ss io n s .

to sound 100% sure.

I guess I need to
keep this job. me too, I guess.

■4 ) 3.09 Check ( / ) where you th in k the speakers say I guess. Then listen and w rite I guess
where you hear it. Practice w ith a partner.

1. A I really p referw arm w e a th e r to cold. How a b o u t y o u _________ ?

В / I guess I like cold w eather more. It’ s a lot of fun to do w in te r s p o r t s _________ .
A That’ s t r u e _________ . You can go s ledding and stuff. We s h o u l d __________ do
that som etim e!

2. A So, w h a t’ s your idea of a good vacation?

В Well, I kind of like to go c a m p in g ._________ th a t ’ s my favorite th in g to do.
A Really_________ ? That sounds like fun. Hey, why d o n ’t we go togethe r s o m e t im e .
В Y e a h ._________ we could go next summer, maybe.

Listening and strategies it ’s good to travel.

А Щ') 3.10 P a ir w o r k Guess the m issing words. Then listen to conversations between Mark
and his friends. Write the m issing words.

1. You have t o ______________ a country to really understand its culture.

2. It’s im portant t o ______________ when you travel.
3. it’s good t o ______________ tourist areas when you go somewhere.
4. It’s not possible t o ______________ in a short trip.
5. You should t r y ______________ when you go to a new place.

В 4 ))) 3,10 Listen again. Circle the correct words to complete M ark’s suggestions (A) below.
Complete his frie n ds’ responses (B) w ith tw o words.

1. A Let’s go to Mexico / Miami this summer. В I’ d like to, but is it easy to find
7

n. 2. A Why d o n ’t we go to a French / Italian class? В I guess we could, but I really want

to

jary. 1 3. A We could drive / hike along the coast som etim e. В That sounds great. Are there any
to stay?

,11 4. A We should go scuba diving / backpacking в I d o n ’t know. It’ s not easy to go.
irui.
in Australia. I have

5. A Do you w ant to go to a Chinese exhibition / festival? в I’ d love to! Do they have

a n d _________ and everything?

С Class a c tiv ity Make the suggestions above to six classmates. How many say yes?
71
 Interesting places

HH Reading
A Brainstorm! Do you ever stay in hotels? W hat’ s fun about staying in a hotel? Make a class list.

You don't have to cook or make yo u r bed.

You can sit by the pool to relax. I f y o u d o n ’t u n d ers ta n d so m e w o rds in a desc ription,
find o t h e r w o r d s t h a t w i l l help yo u g e t a sense o f t h e
В Read the article as quickly as you can. How much can you m eanin g. For example , co m fo rta b le helps you know
remember about each hotel? Compare with a partner. th a t cozy means “ nice in so m e w ay.”

Unique Hotel Experiences

Here are three exciting hotels that you will never forget!

1. Controversy Tram Hotel, The Netherlands It’s easy to see why this bed
and breakfast is on our list of unusual places to stay. Don’t worry - these old city
trams are not going to take you anywhere. The owners got old trams from
Germany and Holland and converted them into comfortable, cozy rooms with
American, Italian, French, and Mexican themes. The owners sleep in an old
double-decker bus from England and cook in a French van! It’s definitely a place
for people who like trains, planes, cars, and other transportation memorabilia.

2. EcoCamp, Chile It's not hard to fall asleep at this environmentally friendly hotel
in the heart of the Torres del Paine National Park. The scenery is amazing, as is
the peace and quiet. Guests stay in comfortable and inviting domes similar to
the homes of ancient native peoples. You should definitely take your hiking
boots. In the daytime, guests can trek through the mountains and see guanacos
(a type of llama) and other wildlife and then go back to the domes to relax and
enjoy a delicious dinner in the evening.

Giraffe Manor, Nairobi When we asked the owners of this African hotel,
I
“What should we pack?” they said, “ Don’t forget to bring a camera.” It’s good
to know. From the elegant rooms of this beautiful manor you have superb views
of the Ngong Hills. Not only that, but a herd of giraffes lives on the manor, and
you don’t have to try hard to get a great photo. The giraffes wander around and
poke their heads through the bedroom windows. They even turn up at the
breakfast table, too.

С Pair w ork Read the article again. Discuss the questions about each hotel.

1. What is unusual about each hotel? 3. What can you do during the day in each place?
2. How does the article describe the rooms? 4. Which hotel would you like to stay at? Why?
 Going away

а Listening and writing Recommendations

A Look at these hotels. Would you like to visit any o f them?

The Spa Hotel

В Ф)) ал Read the advice about staying at these hotels. Can you match each piece of advice
w ith a hotel? Then listen and checkyour guesses.

1. You should bring lots of books and board games for rainy days. 2
2. W e arflat shoes so you can climb the la d d e rto your r o o m .____
3. Be sure to take everything you need. It’ s miles from another to w n . ____
4. I really recommend the hot-air balloon rid e .____
5. Don’t spend too much tim e in the w a te r.____
6. It’s a good idea to have some binoculars to watch the d o lp h in s .____

you I1 С Imagine you are staying at one o f the hotels in

th is lesson. W rite an email to a classmate about
the hotel and your trip . Use the Help note and
the example below to help you.

Writing a message about a trip
Start like this
Say if you are enjoying your stay
Describe the place, food, or weather
Say som ething you did
Attach a photo and describe it
Say som e thin gyo u are g o in g to do
End like this
Date: Aug 15
From: Sophia Davis sdavis@cup.org
Dear David, j?
I'm writing to you from ...
I’m having a wonderful time here . . .
The weather is terrible, but...
I went out on a fishing boat yesterday and ..
I’m attaching a photo of me on the boat...
Tomorrow I’m going to go hiking....
See you soon! Love, Sophia.

D P airw ork Exchange messages. Write a response

to your partner’s message. Make comments and
ask questions for more information.

73
 Vocabulary notebook / Travel items

Learning tip Writing notes about nouns

When you write down a new noun, it’s a good idea to write notes about it.

its pronunciation and stress ► .phrase book (ph = /f/)___ ___

if it’s a countable or an uncountable noun ► sunscreen (uncountable)
a map (countable) __
the spelling of the singular and plural forms ► a hairbrush, hairbrushes _
if it’ s always plural ► s unglasses (always plural)
how to make a plural noun singular » .a pair of sunglasses (singula r)
J

1 Match the travel items to the notes. Mark the stress on each word
by u nderlining the stressed syllable.
A pair of shoes
1. bathing s u i t {L a. (sc = / s / ) , plural, a p a ir o f (singular) The t o p it e m s p e o p le t a lk
a b o u t w it h a p a ir o f are:
2. b a tte rie s ______ b. (sounds alm ost like close), always plural
1. sh o e s 5. glasse s
3. c lo th e s ______ c. (sc/7 = / s k /) , countable 2. p a n ts 6. sto c kin g s
4. s c h e d u le ______ d. (,u i in s u it sounds like oo in too), countable 3. s h o rts 7. so cks
A. je a n s 8. gloves
5. scissors______ e. ies = у (sin g u la r)

2 Write notes about these travel items. Add two more ideas of your own.

pajamas razor sham poo toothbrush

V is it som e travel w e b s ite s and find tw o

d iffe re n t typ e s o f va ca tio n s. List ten
item s you need fo r each one.

need to review how to

■ give reasons for things I do.
give opinions with It’s + adjective + to.
I discuss what I need to take on a trip.
give advice and make suggestions.
respond to suggestions people make.
use I guess to show I’m not sure about something.
understand conversations about travel.
В understand advice people give about hotels.
:l!i read an article about unique hotels.
A1 write an email about a trip.
g|g о ! this unit, you learn how to . .
Lesson A Lesson В Lesson С Lesson D
• Talk about where you ® Talk aboutitems in • Usв Do you mind. . . ?and Read comments on a website
keep things at home the home Would you m ind. .. ?to about unusual habits
• Say who owns things • Identify things using make polite requests Write about your evening
with mine, yours, etc. adjectives and one • Agree to requests with routine with expressions
and whose and ones expressions like Go right like first and as soon as
ahead and No problem

on a shelf

on the desk

in the closet
in a box

[ on top of the dresser

^ ----
Л -

in a drawer
under the bed Before you begin „ . .
Look at the pictures. W hat do you
keep in these places?
on the floor Are you a pack rat - do you hate to
throw things away?
 Lesson A / Spring cleaning

There’s so much s tuff in here! Are

all these things really ours? I mean,
w hose b athing s uit is this? Is it
yours o r y o u r g ra n d m o th e r’ s?
Hey, it’ s mine, and I like it.
And whose clothes are these?
Oh, th e y ’ re my sister’s. She’ s
storing some things here while
she’ s away. The jew elry’ s hers, too.
Ugh, look at these awful earrings.
She has such weird taste.
But those are yours. I bough t them
for you!
Oh, you did? Sorry. I guess th e y ’ re
not so bad.
J

Як Getting started
A Look at the picture. What are John and Sandra doing? W hat’s in th e ir closet?

В <») 3.12 Listen. Who do the clothes belong to? the jewelry? Then practice the conversation.
Figure!
it o u t! С Circle the correct words. Use the conversation above to help you. Then compare w ith a partner.

1. A Whose / Who’ s b athing suit is this?

В It’ s m y /m in e .

2. A Who’s / Whose earrings are these? Are they your / yours?

В No, th e y’ re my sister’s. All the jewelry is her / hers.

3. A Does all this s tuff belong to us?

В Yes, it’ s all our / ours. They’ re all our / ours things.
76
 At home

а Grammar w hose ?; possessive pronouns Ф))злз Extra practice p .w

Whose bathing suit is this? It’s mine. It’ s my bathing suit.

It’s mine. (It’s my bathing suit.) They’re yours. They’ re your earrings.
Whose jewelry is this? It’s hers. It’ s her jewelry.
It’s hers. (It’s her jewelry.) They’ re his. They’ re his shoes.
Whose clothes are these? They’ re ours. They’ re our things.
They’ re ours. (They’ re our clothes.) It’s theirs. It’ s their stuff.

- b o u t|
you Complete the conversations w ith whose and possessive pronouns. 2 0 % o f th e uses o f m in e are in the j
expression frie n d (s ) o f m ine.
Practice w ith a partner. Then practice again, givin g your own answers.

1. A I’ m always losing my keys. Do you ever lose y o u rs ?

В No. We always k e e p __________ on a shelf next to the door.

2. A Do you hang your clothes in the closet every night?

В Well, my sister always h a n g s _________ in the closet,

but I just t h r o w . . on a chair! My room ’ s always a mess.

3. A Where do you keep your shoes? Do you have one place?

В No, th e y ’ re all over the apartm ent. I have three brothers, and
m o m ’s always saying, “ _________ shoes are these?”

4. A What do you do with your old clothes?

В , Som etim es I give things to a friend of.

But my parents g iv e _____ .to charity.

5. A Where do you p u ty o u r cell phone at night?

В I always le a v e _________ in the kitchen. But my husband

p u t s _________ on the dresser. It’s so annoying when it
rings at night. So, w hat do you do w i t h _________ ?

6. A What do you do w ith all of your photos?

В I put fam ily photos on my computer. But the kids k e e p __

on th e ir p h o n e s . My husband has. on his tablet.

a Speaking naturally Grammatical words

A Where do you keep your books?

В On a s h e lf next to my speakers. Where do yo u keep yours?
к In a p ile on the flo o r by my bed.

A 4 3,14 Listen and repeat the conversation above. Notice how gram m atical words like do, you,
y o u r, on, a, n e xt to, m y, in, and b y are reduced. Only the content words are stressed.

" S В Pair w o r k Make conversations like the one above. Use the ideas below or add your own.

• jewelry • headphones • passport • credit cards • sports e q u ip m e n t • music files

77
 f
Things at home_____________ л

Building vocabulary
A ^ ) 3,15 Listen and say the words. What else do you see in each picture? Make a list.

Living room Kitchen

microwave cabinets

cushions
faucet

stove

armchair j coffee table

— —
1 oven
dishwasher

B a th ro o m

shower
mirror

toilet

bathtub

В Complete the chart w ith things in your home. Then compare w ith a partner.

■ ; ■
1 IIS ® ! ! ! ! 'Щ
sofa m icrow ave

A In ou r livin g room, there’s a sofa a n d . . .

В We d on ’t have a sofa. We have a couple o f arm chairs a n d . . .
a S t e a s r a

78
а Building language
At home

A 4 ) 3,16 Listen to these people shopping online. Which items does Meg like? Which items does
Jon like? Do they have the same tastes?

л
m I need a new cover for my tablet. Which Oh, and I need some new speakers, too.
one do you like? Which ones do you like? The rectangular
Mag That nice black leather one there. black ones?

jOil Hmm, I p re fe rth e blue one in the middle. Um, those cute little round ones are cool.

Шeg Which one? The blue one with the orange How about the orange ones on the right?
dots? Really? Hmm. Well, they go with the ta blet cover,
ion Yeah. It’ s really cool. I guess.
V____ ___________________________________ V______________________________________________ )
-igure
it out | В Pair w o rk Choose the correct words. Then practice w ith a partner.

A I like that black nice / nice black tablet cover. D o n ’ t p u t an a d je c tiv e after
a noun.
В I like that blue one / ones in the middle. I lik e the ro u n d speakers.

A And do you like those cute round little / little round speakers? (NOT I lik e the sp e a kers fo u n d .)

В Which one / ones? The orange one / ones?

a Grammar Order of adjectives; pronouns one and ones Ф))3,17 Extra practice p. 147

Usual adjective order I like the black cover. Which one do you like?
opinion, size, shape, color, nationality, m aterial like the blue one in the middle.
They have a beautiful black leather cover. Those speakers are cool. Which ones do you like?
I want those cute little round speakers. I like the silver ones on the left/right.

....
A bout 1 People u su a lly use ju s t o ne or
you I Complete the sentences so they are true for you. Then practice with
t w o a d je ctiv e s b e fore a noun.
a partner.

f \

metal ^ plastic j wooden J

I d o n ’t like t h e ______________ . I like t h e . I’ d like to have t h e ___________ .

W h i c h _________ do you prefer? Which _ do you like? W h i c h _________ w ould you like?

A I like the big m etal mirror. Which one do you like?

В Well, I like the sm all p in k one in the middle. The one with the plastic frame.

((t* Sounds right p 138

79
а Conversation Strategy Asking politely

A How can you make visitors to your home feel welcome when they arrive?
What do you do or say?

В Ц») 3.18 Listen. What does Lucy ask permission to do? What request does Adam make?

Adam Hi Lucy! Come on in.

Lucy Thanks. I brought you some flowers.
Are the others here yet?
Adam No, not yet. So just make yourself at home.
Thanks for these. Can I take your coat?
Lucy Sure. Thanks. This is a great apartm ent.
Do you mind if I look around?
A dam No, go ahead.
Lucy Oh, I love this antique table. It’ s beautiful.
A dam Yeah, i t ’s great, but it’ s not really mine.
It’s my m o th e r’s.
Lucy Well, she has great taste.
A dam Yeah. Listen, I hate to a s k th is , but I’ m
running a bit late. Would you mind helping
me in the kitchen?
Lucy No, not at all. What can I do?
A dam W e l l , . . . could you chop the onions?
Lucy No problem. I’ m happy to help.

С N o t i c e how Lucy uses Do you mind i f . . . ? to ask for “Do you mind i f . . . ? "
permission, and Adam uses Would you mi nd. . . -ing? to ask “No, go ahead. ”
Lucy to do something. Also notice that they answer “no” to “Wouldyou m i n d . . . -ing?”
show they agree. Find the examples in the conversation. “No, not a t a ll.”

D P a irw o rk Imagine you are v is itin g y o u r partner’s home. Take turns asking permission to do these
things and agreeing to the requests. Can you th in k o f more ideas?
1. make a quick call 3. use your bathroom 5. get a glass of water
2. open a w indow 4. take a cookie 6. charge my phone

“ Do you mind if I make a quick call?” “No, go ahead. ”

E P a irw o rk Imagine your partner is v is itin g y o u r home. Take turns asking him or her to do these
thing s and agreeing to the requests. Can you th in k o f more ideas?

1. answer the door for me 3. set the table for me 5. help me with the dishes
2. put this in the trash 4. make some coffee 6. turn on the oven

“ Would you mind answering the door for me?” “No, not at all. ”
 A t hom e

а Strategy plus Agreeing to requests

Answer Yes to agree to requests Answer No to agree to requests

w ith Can and Could: with mind:
Can I lo ok around? Do you m in d i f I look around?
Yes. / Sure. / Go (rig h t) ahead. No, go (rig h t) ahead. / No, n o t a t all.
Could you chop the onions? W ould you m in d h e lp in g me in the kitchen?
Yes. / Sure. / OK. / No problem . No, n o t a t all. / Oh, no. No problem .

Do y o u m in d _ i n g . . . ? and
W o u ld yo u m in d i f l . . . ? a re
Ф)) 3,19 Listen and complete the answers. Then practice w ith a partner.
p o s s ib le b u t n o t very c o m m o n .

1. A Do you mind if I sit here?

В _____________________________________. Let me move my things.

2. A Could you do me a favor? Could you run to the store and get
some milk?

В _____________________________ . What kind o f m ilk do you want?

3. A I forgot to charge my phone. Can I borrow yours for a minute?

В ____________________________ . It’ s on the coffee table there.

4. A I th in k I left my w allet at home. Uh, w ould you mind lending me

five dollars?

В ____________________________ . Here, I have ten dollars.

a Listening and strategies Could you do me a favor?

А Ф)) 3.20 Listen to four conversations between roommates. W hat’s the problem in each case?

1. 3.
2. 4.

В ф)) 3.21 Can you guess what favors each person is goin g to ask? Listen and complete the sentences.
Do th e ir roommates agree? Check ( / ) the boxes.
Agrees Doesn’t agree
1. Can y o u _______ □ □
2. Would you m ind . □ □
3. Could you do me a favor? Could you □ □
4. Do you mind if I b o r r o w ___________ □ □
С Class a ctivity Ask your classmates for favors.

You w ant som eone to . . . You need . . .

• help install software on your laptop. • to borrow some headphones.

• find a phone number online foryou. • some money to buy some gum.
• introduce you to their friend. • help with some homework.

A Hey, Jen, w ould you m ind helping me in sta ll some software on my computer?
В Oh, I ’m sorry. I’m n o t very goo d at com puter stuff. I can’t even do that on m ine!

81
 Home habits

a Reading
A Circle the words to make these statem ents true for you. Tell the class.

• My kitchen is very organized / disorganized. • I iron none / some / all of my clothes.

• I wash dishes by hand / in the dishwasher.• I save / throw out used food containers.

В Read the comments on the website. What habits do

the people have? Which do you th in k are unusual?
A sk y o u r s e lf q u e s ti o n s as yo u read, fo r
e x a m p le , Is th is lo g ic a l? Is th is n o rm a l? etc.

Do you have an unusual

v ie w a ll _ HOME HABIT Post c o m m e n t

Martin_442 March 31,10:55 p.m.

Well, my best friend has a very disorganized kitchen, but you should see mine. As
soon as I come back from grocery shopping, I organize everything. First, I arrange
the cans so the vegetables are in one section and the canned fruit is in another
section. Next, I sort them by size so the big ones are at the back and the small ones
are at the front. Then I make sure I can see all the labels.

Charlotte April 21,8:02 p.m. read fu ll c o m m e n t re p ly

We have a brand new expensive dishwasher, but I hate it. I d o n 't think it washes very well. M y friend says
hers is great, but mine always leaves the glasses dirty. So I always wash the dishes by hand before I load
them in the dishwasher. Then, after I take them out, I rinse them again to make sure they are clean! It
drives my husband crazy!

Lucia_P April 22, 7:55 a.m. read fu ll c o m m e n t ! re ply

M y weird hom e habit? I iron everything, including my jeans, while I'm w atching TV. I even iron my
socks. My room m ate just stuffs hers in a drawer, b u t I like to fold everything, too. I even iron the curtains
in my b e d room every tw o weeks. I know it sounds crazy, b u t you iron yours, to o , right?

Manas_No_more_chores April 22, 7:58 a.m. read fu ll c o m m e n t re p ly

OK, I can't help it. I save every small plastic take-out container, pizza box, cups from the coffee shop, salad
cartons, etc. My friend just throws all his in the trash, but I think that's a waste. You can use them for a lot
o f different things. Like the big cardboard pizza boxes - we use ours during the summer for picnic trays.

С Read the comments again. Answer the questions.

1. How does Martin arrange the cans in his cupboards?
2. Why does Charlotte wash the dishes before she puts them in the dishwasher?
3. What does Lucia iron?
4. What does Manas do with the containers he saves?

Aby o u l D Pair w ork What unusual habits does your fam ily have? Tell your partner.
82
 A t hom e Щ | |

а Listening Evening routines

Abyout; A Do you do any o f these things when you get home every day? Tell the class.

□
В ф)) 3.22 Listen. What does Mike do when he gets home? Number the pictures in the correct order.

С Ф)) 3.22 Listen again and answer the questions. Is your evening like M ike’ s?

1. What does Mike take out of his pockets 3. How does he feel after he exercises? After he
at night? Why? watches the news?
2. When does he do the dishes? Why? 4. What does he do just before he goes to sleep?

Speaking and writing Evening routines

About 1
you В A Write answers to the questions below. Then ask and answer the questions w ith a partner.
How are your routines the same?

What do you do as soon as you get home? What do you do while you’ re eating?
What do you do before you have dinner? W hat’ s your bedtime routine?
About I
y ou 1 В Read the article below. Then w rite an article about your evening routine. Use the expressions
in the Help note th a t order events.

...
1=3 j 1 ___ _. I - -p.—
D ocument Elements .,:| a;.Tab!gs.:.. ::^.^.!^.-.у.^.у.Р.М^.. j Charts j

Ordering events
M y Evening Routines
• To show a sequence:
First things first
first, next, (and) then
As soon as I get home at night, I like to relax. First. I change my
clothes. I put on something comfortable, like jeans and a T-shirt. • Before a noun:
Next, I turn on some music, and then I cook dinner. I like before / after
listening to music while I’m making dinner. during = “ at the same time as”
Dinnertime • To link actions:
I like to watch TV during dinner, so I eat in the living room. when
Right after dinner, I do the dishes. I hate to leave dirty dishes in as soon as = “ immediately after,’
the sink! When the kitchen is clean, I can relax. “ right after”
while = “ at the same time as”
Time for bed before / after
I often have a snack before bedtime. Then I get my e-reader and
go to bed. I read for about half an hour before I go to sleep.

*т с *т ж ш н ж

83
V* Vocabulary notebook / The ABCs of home

Learning tip Alphabet gome

Make learning new words into a game! Choose a topic and try to th in k o f a word for each
letter of the alphabet.

1 Label the pictures. The first letter of each word is given for you.

2 Now complete your own alphabet chart. Can you th in k of som ething in your home for each letter?

a arm chair............. h .................... ........ о....... ......... .....................................................

b ...... i p w

с ______ __________ j ________ q______ ______ _ x

d............ .......... k _____ _____ r _______ _____ _____

.....e________ _________ J_ __________________ л ______ ____ __z__________________ I
_£._<................ ......... ... m .................. ............. L ......
—g _____________ ____________ _ 23__________________________U__________________________ ___________________________ I

Make labels for d iffe re n t th in g s in you r

hom e. D on’t th ro w the label away u n til
you can re m e m b e r th e new w ord.
ч ........ ......... , ....................... _..„„........... .....................)

/ 15вИ А 1«С ТД Л П И 1И Ь

need to review how to

В talk about where I keep things at home. В agree to requests.

В say who owns things. В understand requests for favors and replies.
В talk about furniture and home furnishings. В understand details about evening routines.
I identify and describe which things I mean. В read comments about unusual home habits.
В ask politely for permission to do things. В write about my evening routine.
В ask other people to do things.
Things happen

Lesson A
Tell anecdotes about
things that went wrong
using the past
continuous and simple

Before you begin . . .

Look at the pictures. Think about a time when one of these things happened
to you. Tell the class about a time when you . . .
• broke something. • lost something.
• forgot something. • damaged something. o5
Lesson A When things go wrong

Definitely! My friend accidentally

deleted all my m usic files when
she was using my com puter.
Actually, she was trying to help
me - she was dow nloading stuff
from my phone, and som ething
w ent w rong. I spent hours on
the phone w ith tech support.

a Getting started
A Look at the illu stra tio n s above. What do you th in k happened to each person?
Do these kinds o f things ever happen to you? Tell the class.

В «>)) 3.23 Listen and read. Were your guesses about the people correct?

Fi u 3 С Can you choose the correct verb forms? Use the interview s above to help you.
Then compare w ith a partner.

1. Sean missed / was missing his stop because he talked / was talking to a woman on the train.
2. Julia’s friend deleted / was deleting all Julia’ s music files when she using / was using her computer.
3. Roberto and his friend tried / were tryin g to look cool when they walked / were w alking into a
glass door.
 Things happen

Q Grammar Past continuous statements 4 '^ з м Extra practice p. 148

Use the past continuous to set the background for a story or tell about events in
progress in the past. Use the simple past for completed actions in the past.
I was talking to a woman, and I missed my stop. I wasn’t paying attention.
We were trying to look cool, and we walked into a glass door. We weren’t looking.
A friend of mine deleted all my music files when she was using my computer.
When my friend was using my computer, she deleted all my music files.
H i
The m os t co m m o n verbs in the
Complete the anecdotes w ith the past c ontinuous or sim ple past. past c o n tin uo u s are ta lk, do,
g o , say, try , g e t, and tell.
Then close your book. Take turns rete llin g the anecdotes to a partner.

1. I was ha ving (have) lunch in a cafe yesterday when the server

acc identa lly ______________ (spill) tom ato sauce on my shirt. I guess
h e ______________ (not / pay) attention. I was upset, but
I ______________ (got) my lunch for free.

2. My friend and I were at a barbecue last week. When we

______________ (walk) around the yard, s h e ___________ (trip)
a n d ______________ (fall) into the pond.

3. I (damage) my parents’ car last week,

I (try) to park, and my f r ie n d ________ (talk) to
me, and I . (hit) a wall. Nov. : have to pay for the repairs.

4. I was in a chemistry class recently, and a classmate and

I ______________ (do) an experiment when som ething
;___________ (go) wrong. I ______________ (burn) my hand.

5. Last week I was on the bus, and I . __________ (talk) to my girlfriend

on my cell phone. Well, actually, w e ______________ (have) a long
argument. W e ______________ (not / get along) at the time. When
I ______________ (end) the call, I realized that everyone on the bus
______________ (listen). How embarrassing!

a Speaking naturally Faii- ise intonation

r\/<
I was ru n n in g fo r a bus la s t week, a nd I fe ll.

When I was g o in g hom e yesterday, I ran in to an o ld frie n d .

А ф | 3.25 Listen and repeat the sentences above. Notice th a t the intonation falls and then rises
s lig h tly at the end o f the first part of each sentence. This sets the background.

3.26 Listen and complete the sentences. Then listen again and repeat.

1. I was reading a b o o k ______________ , and I missed my stop.

2. Last n ig h tw h e n I was w a s h in g ______________ , I broke a glass.
3. I was te x tin g ______________ , and I tripped and fell on the street.
4. Yesterday when I was using_

“ 1 С P a irw o rk Think o f things tha t happened to you this week. Tell each other your anecdotes.
87
 Accidents happen

a Building vocabulary
А 3.2? Listen and say the words and sentences. Which words and expressions do you already know?

I broke my arm
nose
shoulder

wrist

arm I got a black eye.

elbow

chest

I sprained my ankle

ankle

W o rd
s o rtt| В Make true sentences about accidents tha t happened to you or people you know.
Use the vocabulary above and add other words you know.

1 broke my leg when 1 was a kid.

sprain

cut

M y sister got a black eye . . .

Ш 1

A b o u t'
you J С Pair w ork Take turns te llin g about the accidents in your chart. ( Я Ы ш ж я т я ж
 Things happen ЧШ 1
Q Building language
А Ц v) 3,28 Listen. What happened to George? What was he doing
when it happened? Practice the conversation.

Nik So, how was your ski trip? Did you have a good time?
Ge orge Yeah, I guess. I sort of had an accident.
N il ; Oh, really? What happened? Did you hurt yourself?
George Yeah, I broke my leg.
Nikki Oh, no! How did it happen? I mean, w hat were you doing?
George Well, actually, I was talking on my cell phone. . . .
Nikki W hile you were skiing? That’ s kind of dangerous.
George Yeah, I know. But I was by myself, so I was lucky I had my cell to call for help.

T o C t! В Complete the questions George’ s o th e r friends asked. Use the conversation above to help you.

1. What were / did you doing? 3. Did you hurt yo u rse lf/yo u ?
2. How did it happen / was it happening? 4. I d o n ’t enjoy skiing by / w ith myself. Do you?

a Grammar Past continuous q u e s t i o n s ; reflexive pronouns Ф))3,29

Past continuous Simple past Reflexive pronouns
Were you skiing with a friend? Did you hurt yourself? I — myself.
No, I wasn’t. I was by myself. Yes, I did. You yourself.
What were you doing (when you fell)? What did you do? He himself.
I was talking on my cell phone. I called for help. She — hurt — herself.
We ourselves.
They - — themselves.

A Complete the conversations w ith reflexive pronouns and 10% o f uses o f y o u r s e lf are in th e
q u e s tio n H o w a b o u t y o u rs e lf?
the sim ple past or past continuous of the verbs given.
A lm o s t 10% o f uses o f m y s e lf are
in th e e x p re ss io n b y m y s e lf.
1. A W h a t’ s w rong with your finger? Did you c u t __________ 7

В Yeah, I accidentally c u t ________w ith a knife.

A O h , _________ y o u __________(make) dinner? D o n ’ t use an o b je c t p ro n o u n

w h e n th e s u b jc c t a nd o b je ct
2. A My father h u r t _________ at the gym. o f th e ve rb refer to the sa me
person.
В That’ s too b a d . . he. (lift) weights?
M y fa th e r h u r t h im s e lf.
A Yeah. A lot of people hurt _ on w eight machines, I guess. (NOT M y fa th e r h u r t h im .)

3. A Hey, w h e r e _________ you. _ (get) th a t black eye?

В Oh, my mom and I had a car accident. But she’s OK.

A Well, th a t’ s good. Uh, so w h o _________ (drive)?

4. A My sister was hiking b y _________ last weekend, and she broke

her ankle. She was in the m iddle of nowhere.

В Oh, no! So, how ______ s h e _______ (get) help?

I m e a n , _______ . anyone e l s e . (hike) on the trail?

В P a irw o rk Practice the conversations above. Continue them w ith your own ideas.
89
 а Conversation strategy Reacting to a story

A Look at some words from a funny story. Can you guess what happened?

cu rry phone b u rn t pan hide h ila rio u s

В <§ з.зо Listen. What happened to Hugo? How did he “ solve” his problem?

Hugo I was at my frie n d ’ s house one tim e. We

were m aking Thai curry for a bunch of
people . . .
O livia Oh, I love Thai food.
Hugo And he left me in the kitchen to watch the
curry. Well, my phone rang and I got
ta lk in g . . .
O livia Uh-oh.
Hugo . . . and it all stuck to the bottom of the
pan and burned.
O livia Oh, no!
Hugo Yeah. It d id n ’t taste too good. I freaked.
O livia I bet.
Hugo So I poured the curry into another pan
and added some chili peppers. Then I hid
the burnt pan u n d e r th e sink.
O livia Oh, th a t ’ s hilarious. I bet no one even
noticed.
Hugo I d o n ’t know. No one said anything, but
they drank a lot of water.

С Notice how Olivia reacts to Hugo’s story. She makes “It all stuck to the bottom of
brief comments on the things he says to show she is the pan and burned.”
listening and interested. Find examples in the “Oh, no!”
conversation.

D Read the story below and the comments on the right. For each part of the story, choose a com­
ment. Practice te llin g the story and com m enting w ith a partner.

1. I was working as a server at Pierre’ s last year, с a. Oh, no! I bet he was upset.
2. Yeah, it’s very fancy with cool art and everything.____ b. Well, that was lucky.
3. Well, it’s not cheap. Anyway, I was serving coffee to this guy, c. Oh, Pierre’s is nice,
and I spilled it all over his s u i t ! ____ I heard.

4. Yeah - but wait. I found out it was Pierre h im s e lf!____ d. Expensive, huh?

5. Yeah, and he was pretty mad. But he d id n ’t fire m e ! ____ e. You’ re kidding, the owner?

90
 Things happen

Strategy plus i bet...

You can start a statement You can also use

with I b e t . . . when you I b e t as a response to
are pretty sure about show you understand
something. a situation.
A I freaked!
I hid the burned pan В I bet.
under the sink.

B e t is o ne o f th e t o p 6 0 0
Ф ) ) 3,31 Read the stories and guess the responses. Then listen w o rd s . Ove r 6 0 % o f its uses
and w rite the responses you hear. Practice w ith a partner. are in th e e x p re s sio n I b e t . . .

1. A A friend of mine was staying at a hotel one tim e, and she

was w a lk in g b a c k to her room in the dark, and she fell in the
Everyone at the pool cafe saw her!

В Oh, no! I b e t __________________________________________.

2. A One tim e I fell asleep on the subway, and when I woke up,
the train was at the end of the line. It took an hour to get
back to my stop.

В Oh, I b e t ____________________________ .

3. A I was on vacation in London with my parents a few years

ago, and we were flying home. Anyway, we got to the airport,
and I realized my passport was still in the hotel safe.

В Oh, no. I b e t _________________________________________ .

a Listening and strategies a fu n n y story

A 4 1 3.32 Listen to the story. Choose the best response each tim e you hear a pause.
Check ( / ) a or b.

1. а. EH That’s awful. b. □ Oh, I bet.

2. а. EH I bet. b. EH Nice.
3. а. EH It’ s easy to do. b. EH That’ s good.
4. а. EH I bet. b. EH Thank goodness
5. a. EH I bet he was pretty upset. b. EH Good.

you js В 4 ) 3,32 Listen to the story again. Write your own comments or responses when you hear the pauses.

1. ___________________________________ 4. ___________________________________
2. ___________________________________ 5. ___________________________________
3. ___________________________________

С Pair w ork Take turns re tellin g the story you ju st heard, or te ll your own story. React w ith short
comments and respond using I bet.

91
Gк Reading
A Brainstorm ! Make a lis t o f any good things th a t happened recently. Tell the class.
I passed m y fin a l m a th test.
M y frie n d g a ve me a tic k e t to a concert.
As yo u read a story, pay a t t e n t io n to the
В Read the article. What bad th in g happened to each person? t im e e x p re s s io n s like ten ye a rs la te r, or
la s t m o n th . They h e lp y o u f o lto w events.
Did th e ir stories have happy endings?

SILVER LINING .
GEMMA RUSSO, CALIFORNIA

Som etim es when things go

w rong, they ju st go w rong.
But occasionally som ething
really positive com es out o f
a bad situation. L ast m onth, while I was hiking
in a state park, I took a p h oto o f an am azing
sunset over a lake. It was so beautiful that I
decided to text it to m y friend C h arley right
then and there. A nyw ay, when I was taking
m ore p h otos o f the lake, I slipped and dropped
m y cell phone in the water. Disaster! I lost all
m y photos, and I sprained m y ankle. T h ey
couldn ’t fix my phone, either. Well, apparently,
C h arley secretly sent in m y sunset photo to the
local T V station. Today, they chose it for
“ P h oto o f the M o n th ,” and I w on a brand new camera! CHIN-HO, DAEGU
M ayb e every cloud does have a silver lining, after all!
A couple o f weeks ago,
H j . j was h e]p jn g a f r iend
ELENA, TEXAS ™ move his things into my
Ten years ago, m y scooter broke V % * 4 pgifpk apartm ent. H e was out
dow n when I w as riding to o f w ork and needed a
school. I couldn ’t afford to fix it, place to stay. W hile we
so that semester I had to get up were carryin g some heavy boxes up the stairs,
at 5:00 a.m. every day to take I hurt m y back. It was really bad, so I had to
the bus. O ne cold, wet m orning, go to the em ergency room . A nyw ay, while I
I was feeling really tired and grumpy. B ut while I was w as w aiting to see the doctor, I saw an
w aiting for the bus, this guy started talkin g to me, and he advertisem ent for a com puter technician at the
actually m ade me laugh! It turned out that he was hospital. I called my friend, he got the job , and
studying at the same college. We exchanged phone I got a prescription for painkillers! A t least his
numbers, and the rest is history. Ten years later, w e’re cloud had a silver lining! T h ou gh I do have my
m arried w ith tw o children. O h, and a new scooter! apartm ent all to m yself again.
 T hings happen
С Read the article on page 92 again. Are the sentences true or false?
Check ( / ) True (T) or False (F). Correct the false sentences. j p
occasionally
1. Gemma believes that s om ething good-a lwaye-comes out of a bad s ituation. □ 0
2. Gemma won a new camera because she sent her photo to a local TV station. П □
3. Elena had to take the bus to class because she d id n ’t have the money to fix her scooter. □ □
4. Elena liked the guy at the bus stop because he was funny. □ □
5. Chin-ho hurt h im s e lf when he was trying to help a friend. □ □
6. Chin-ho’ s friend moved to a new place when he got the job at the hospital. □ □

a Listening and speaking Happy endings?

A 4 ) 3.33 Listen to Gary’ s and Pam’ sstories. Who lost something? Who got lost?

В <») з.зз Listen to the stories again. Answer the questions.

Gary’ s story Pam’ s story

1. Where was Gary? What was he doing? 1. Where was Pam going?
2. Who did he meet? 2. What was her problem?
3. Why did he forget his briefcase? 3. How did she get help?
4. What did he do when he got to work? 4. How did the woman offer to help?
5. Does this story have a happy ending? 5. Does this story have a happy ending?
Why or why not? W hy or why not?

С Pairwork Student A: Choose one o f the stories above, and retell it to a partner.

Writing Anecdotes

A Think o f a tim e som ething went wrong. Write 10 to 12 sentences about it. Make sure your
sentences are in order.

.. I was walking, to work last week. The light changed.

_ It started to rain.... .... ..... ............... I had to wait for a really long time....
I didn't have an umbrella.................... Л young man came up to me....
I put a newspaper over my head and ran He offered to share his umbrella.
I got to the corner ...... He walked with me all the way to work!

Abyou\ В Read the Help note and the anecdote. What events do the words when and while link?
Then use your notes from above to w rite your own anecdote.

la s t week, I was w alking to w ork when it started to

.in. I d id n ’t have an um brella, so I put a new spaper
ver my head and ran. When I got to the corner, the
_ght changed, an d I h ad to w ait for a really long
.me. While I was waiting, a young m an came up to
~ e and offered to share his um brella. He walked
ith me all the way to work! It was so nice o f him.
Linking ideas with when and while.
You can use when or w hile to link a longer “ background” event
and another action.
* W hile emphasizes the length o f tim e an action or event takes.
® When also shows events th a t happen one after another.
V____ _____________ _______________________

С Group w ork Read your classmates’ anecdotes. Which ones show “ every cloud has a silver l in in g ” ?
93
,** Vocabulary notebook From head to toe

Ш Ш Ш Ш
Learning lip Sketches Take my hand
The to p ten b o d y parts
Draw and label pictures to help you remember new vocabulary.
p e o p le t a lk a b o u t are:

1. h and 6. arm
2. eye 7. m o u th
1 Label the sketch. Use th e words in the box. 3. head 8. ear
4. face 9. back
eye 5. leg 10. knee

nose
head
face
neck
shoulde r

2 Now make a sketch o f a body from head to toe. How many parts of th e body can you label?

Before you go to sleep each n ight, t h in k

o f th e nam e fo r each part o f y o u r body.
Start at yo u r head, and w o rk to w a rd your
toes. Can you t h in k o f each w ord in
English before you fall asleep?

№ o ! N ow i can
need to review how to

В tell anecdotes about things that went wrong. В understand people telling anecdotes and
respond.
И talk about accidents and what happened.

Ш react with expressions like Oh, no! to show

В understand the details of a story.
I’ m listening to a story. В read anecdotes in an article.

I use I bet to show I’ m sure or as a response В write an anecdote about something that
to show I understand. went wrong.
 CheckpointXllnits 7-9
■ h h m m n m h m m m m i m m m m m m m m X .,

Can you complete this conversation?

A Complete the conversation. Use the sim ple past or past continuous o f the verbs.

M a r ty Where d id you get (get) that black eye?

_________ y o u __________(fall) or something?
Kevin Not exactly. I _________ (crash) into a tree with a bike.
Marty You’ re kidding! H o w _________ t h a t __________(happen)?
Kevin Well, I _________ (ride) my little brother’s bicycle. And his
f r ie n d s _________ (watch) me a n d __________(laugh) at me.
Marty So w h y _________ t h e y _________ (laugh)? I mean, w hat
_________ y o u __________(do)?
Kevin I _________ (not do) anything special. But the bike is kind of
small.
Marty Yeah, I bet. And I bet y o u _________ (try) to look cool, too.
Kevin I guess. I _________ (look) at the kids behind me. And
I _________ (not see) the tree ahead of me. When my
b r o th e r _________ (shout), “ Watch o u t,” I __________ (turn)
around, but it was too late.
Marty Oh, n o ! _________ y o u __________ (hurt) yourself?
Kevin Well, 1_________ (not break) anything. 1j u s t _____________
(feel) embarrassed.

В P a ir w o r k Practice the conversation. Then practice again and change M arty’ s responses.

What's In the bathroom?

A Look at the picture for ten seconds, and try to
remember where things are. Then close your
book. How many sentences can you write?

1. There's a toothbrush on the sink.

В Pair w ork Choose six items from the picture.

Give your partner clues to guess the items.
Then change roles.

A You use i t to clean y o u r teeth.

В Is it a toothbrush?
A No, i t ’s not.
В Is it toothpa ste?. . .
 а Can you use these expressions?
Use these words and expressions to complete the conversation. Use capital letters where necessary.

whose yours one bright w ould you mind 1guess by myself no, not at al
mine hers red to do ^ do you m ind if I bet yourself

Karen D o y o u m in d i f I come in? You look busy.

Iris h No, m a k e _______________at h o m e . ___________ handing me
that paintbrush? The red
Karen ______________ .
Trish Thanks. So, w hat do you think?
Karen Um, nice. I love t h e ___________ wall. Did
you and your room m ate choose the colors together?
Iris h No, actually, I did it a l l ______________ . N adia’ s away this week.
Karen Oh, is s h e ? ______________ this was a lot o f work.
Iris h Actually, no. It was very e a s y ______________ .
Karen ______________ room is this? Is i t ___________ _ or Nadia’ s?
Iris h This one i s ______________ , a n d __ is down the
hall.
Karen Um, does Nadia like these colors?
Trish I d o n ’t know. But I d o ! ___________ I have an eye for color.

Suggestions, please!
Pair w ork Think of solutions to these problems. Then take turns m aking suggestions.

“ I get a lot of colds in the w in te r.”

“ My bedroom is always a mess.”
“ I’ m going cam ping in June, but I d o n ’t have any e q u ip m e n t.”
“ Ouch! I th in k I just sprained my a nkle.”

A I get a lot o f colds in the winter.

В Whydon’t y o u . . . ?

a Do you mind . . . ?
P a irw o rk Imagine you and your partner are in a car on a road trip . One o f you is the driver.
Take turns asking permission and making requests. Use the ideas below and add your own.
• turn on the air conditioning • stop fo r a snack • open the w indow
• listen to the radio • drive • borrow some sunscreen
• checktheG P S • slow down • eat one of your cookies

A Would you mind turning on the air conditioning?

В No, not at all.

96
 U N IT

Communication
d o ! In this unit, youlearn how to . . .
Lesson A Lesson В Lesson С Lesson D
Compare ways of • Manage phone • Interrupt and restart a Read an article about
communicating conversations phone conversation texting
using comparative • Compare communication • Use just to soften Write an article giving
adjectives habits using more, less, what you say pros and cons
and fewer

Before you begin . . .

Match these ways of communicating with the pictures
Which of these do you do?

Ш texting Ш video calling

Я videoconferencing Ш instant messaging (IM)

H social networking
 Lesson A Keeping in touch

_ -------------------------- Щ
HOW DO YOU KEEP IN “ We use email at work, but I use my social
netw ork to keep in touch w ith friends. I was
TOUCH WITH PEOPLE? g e ttin g a lot of spam in my personal email.
There’ s n othing worse than spam in your
inbox.”
-Alma Jones

“ Well, at w ork we use video

conferencing for m eetings w ith our
international offices. It’s less
expensive than a business trip.
And more convenient. And you
d o n ’t get jet lag, either!”
-Kayla Johnson

“ Well, for birthdays and

things I still like to send a
“ Well, I video call my card. I know regular mail is
parents. They th in k it’ s slower and less reliable
better than the phone than email, but cards are
because they can see me.
I guess it’s a good way to
keep in touch when I’ m
away at sch o o l.”
-Paco Rodriguez

a Getting started
A 4)) 4,01 Listen to the responses to the survey question. How do the people keep in touch?

Fj ' ^ l В Can you complete the sentences? Circle the correct words. Use the survey to help you.

1. Mayumi says texting is quicker / quick than calling. It’s more fun than / that calling, too.
2. Tim thinks real cards are more personal / nice than e-cards.
3. Kayla says that video conferencing is less / more expensive than a business trip.
4. Paco’s parents th in k th a t video calling is good / b e tte rth a n phone calls.
5. Alma says nothing is worse / bad than spam in your inbox.

98
 C om m unication

а Grammar C o m p a ra tiv e a d je c tiv e s Ц5) 4.02

Ж В Д И й
Short adjectives Texting is quicker and easier than calling. Notice
Adjective + -e r It’s nicer to get a real card than an e-card. slow ► slower
nice ► nicer
Long adjectives
more + adjective Real cards are more personal than e-cards. ^ asy * |-а5,ег
less + adjective Video conferences are less expensive than trips. 's l§'3!;i
But
Irregular adjectives
fun ► more fun
go o d ► better Video calls are better than phone calls.
bad ► worse Nothing is worse than spam in your inbox.

The top adjectives after m ore are

A Complete the conversations with the comparative form of the expensive, con ve nien t, im p o rta n t,
adjectives and th an if needed. Then practice w ith a partner. in te re s tin g , and fu n .

1. A Do you like e-rards? I th in k th e y ’ re more interesting th a n (interesting) real cards.

В True. And th e y’ r e ______________ (easy) to send, too. Though th e y ’ re a bit

______________ (personal) real cards.

2. A Do you ever use video calling? Our grandparents th in k it’ s ______________ (nice) because
they can see us. It’s ______________ (good) the phone.

В Yeah, and it’ s ______________ (expensive) internation al phone calls.

3. A Do you prefer your tablet or your laptop?

В My laptop. It’ s ______________ (big), but it’s _______________(useful) a tablet. Tablets are
______________ (difficult) to w ork on.

A Yeah? My sister prefers h e rta b le t. She says it’ s ______________ (light) her laptop,
so it’ s ______________ (convenient) to carry around.

4. A Do you use email much these days? I d o n ’t. I ju s t use my social network.
В Me too. It’s ______________ (efficient) email. And it’ s _______________(fun).
It’ s ______________ (good) texting, too. Texting’ s _______________(bad) email.

you I B P a ir w o r k Ask and answer the questions above. Give your own opinions. Q E S S S S I S iS I i
W it h c o m p a ra tiv e s , use

a Speaking naturally Linking

m o re or -er, n o t b oth.

IM is e a s ie r th a n e m a il.
With s o c ia l ne tw orking , i t ’s e a s ie r to keep in touch w ith people. (NOT IM is m ore-ev irie r
th a n e m a il.)
Text m e ssa g e sa re less expensive than phone calls.

Real c a rd s a re nice r th a n e -c a rd s.

А Ф)) 4,03 Listen and repeat. Notice how the consonants are linked to the vowels.

About
you i в 4»)4,04 Listen and repeat the questions below. Then discuss the questions in groups.
1. How do you keep in touch with friends and family?
2. Do you talk to your grandparents_every day?
3. Do you use a social network to communicate w ith friends?
4. Is it easier to text your frie n d s o r to call them?
5. Do you th in k video calls are more fun than phone calls?
99
 On the phone

Building vocabulary
А Ф)) 4.05 Listen and read. Why can’t Nathan have a conversation w ith Angela?
.

Ret tl Good afternoon. Sun Company.

Nathan Hello. Could I speak to Angela Bell, please?
R e c e p tio n is t One m om ent, please.
Voice m a il Angela Bell is on the phone. Please leave a message.
N a th a n Hi, Angela. This is Nathan. Call me back on my cell.

Angela Angela Bell.

Nathan Hi, Angela. It’s Nathan.
Did you get my message?
Angela Uh, yes, I th in k so. Oh,
hold on. I have another
call. Call me later, OK?

Woman Hello?
Nathan Uh, Angela?
Woman No, this is Beth.
Nathan Oh, I’m sorry. I think I
have the wrong number.
Woman No problem.

Angela Hello? A n g e la Angela Bell.

Nathan Hi, Angela. Guess what! Angela! Listen. My boss
A n g e la Nathan, I can’t hearyou. has some concert
You’re breaking up. Call me tickets for u s . . . . Uh,
back on my office phone. Angela? Angela? Oh,
Nathan Oh, OK. no! We got cut off.

W ord
sort J в Find these expressions in the phone conversations, and w rite them in the chart.
Then practice the conversations w ith a partner.
'
W h a t can y o u say w h e

you ask to speak to someone?

you leave a voice-m ail message?

you want som eone to return your call?

you need to interrupt because you have another call?

you call som eone by mistake?

you can’t hear some of the other person’ s words?

the phone call suddenly ends?

100
 C om m unication

а Building language
A 4 $ 4.08 Listen to the conversation Nathan and Angela
fin a lly have. Why was Nathan calling?

N athan Finally! It’s hard to get ahold of you.

nge la You’ re not th a t easy to reach, either.
Nathan You spend a lot more tim e on the
phone than I do.
Angela That’ s because I get more calls.
Nathan You just ta lk more! Anyway, I was
calling before ’ cause my boss had
free tickets to the Sting concert tonight.
A n g e la Oh, great! What time?
Math an Well, it’s too late now. He gave them to som eone else.
Ange! t Oh, no! Why d id n ’t you send me a text message?

Fi f o S l В Can you rewrite these sentences and keep the same meaning?
Start w ith the word given. Use the conversation above to help you.

1. A n g e la You get fewer calls than I do. I _________________________

2. Nathan I spend less time on the phone than you do. Y o u _________
3. Nathan I talk less than you do. Y o u ____________________________

Grammar More, less, few er Ф))4.07

With countable nouns With uncountable nouns With verbs

I get more calls than you (do). I spend more time on the phone. She talks more than he does.
You get fewer calls than I do. You spend less time on the phone. He talks less than she does.

A bo ut!
you! Complete the sentences with more, less, or fe w e r so they are true for you. F ew er is not very
c o m m o n . People
Rewrite them in a different way and keep the same meaning.
use it m ore in w ritin g .

1. Mv friends talk m ore than I do. I ta lk less th a n m y friends do.

J
2. On the phone, I lis te n _________ than I talk.
3. I s e n d _________ emails than texts.
4. I spend. tim e on social networking sites than my parents.
5. I g e t ___ _____ emails than I did two years ago.
6 . I g e t ___ _____ voice-mail messages than text messages.
7. My parents talk on the phone a l o t _________ than I do.
I like texting _ .than calling.

В Pair w o r k Discuss the sentences above. Compare your styles of com m unication.

A I th in k my friends ta lk more than I do. I ’m p retty quiet.

В Really? I ta lk more than a ll m y friends. They say I never stop talking!
 Conversation
Lesson С s tra te g ie s ^ ^

Conversation strategy Dealing with interruptions

A What kinds o f things can interrupt phone conversations? Make a list.

В 4») 4.08 Listen. What does Maria want to te ll Sarah?

Sarah Hello?
M a ria Hi, Sarah. It’ s Maria.
Sarah Hey. How are you doing?
M a ria Great. Listen, I have some news. Juan
and I w ent o ut to a fancy restaurant last
night and . . .
Sarah Oh, just a m inute. I’ve got a nother
call. Hold on a s e c o n d . . . . Sorry. So,
w hat were you saying?
M a ria Well, guess what? We’ re getting married.
Sarah That’ s w onderful! Congratulations!
M a ria Thanks. So yeah, the w e d d in g ’ s going to
be in . . .
Sarah Oh, sorry. Now th e re ’ s som eone’ s at the
door. Hold o n . . . . OK. So, you were
saying?
M a ria Well, I was ju st calling to ask - w ill you
be my maid of honor?
Sarah Are you kidding? Of course!
- _ _ •___ - аинявшц!

С N o t i c e how Sarah interrupts Interrupting a conversation: Restarting the conversation:

the conversation and then Just a minute / second. W hat were you saying?
comes back to it with Excuse me ju s t a second. You were saying?
expressions like these. Find I ’m sorry. Hold on (a second). Where were we?
exam ples in the conversation. C o u ld /C a n you hold on a second? W hat were we talking about?

D ф)) 4.09 Listen. Complete these phone conversations w ith the expressions you hear.
Then practice w ith a partner. Continue the conversations using your own ideas.

1. A So yeah. I just read on a frie n d ’ s social netw orking page t h a t . . .

В O h , ___________________. . . . I need my charger. OK. Got it. S o , ____________________?

2. A Anyway, my teacher told me . . .

В O h , __________________ . My toast is burning. Let me ju s t - gosh . . . O K .____________
S o ,y e a h ..

3. A Sorry about that. I dropped my phone. S o , _________________

В You said your social life is more im p o rta n t than y o u r jo b . Oh,.
Um, a coffee, please. Sorry. I’ m at a coffee shop. S o , _______
102
 C om m unication \ ш а

Strategy plus
You can use the word
j u s t to make the things
you say softer.

Just a minute. I’ve

got another call.
was just calling to a s k . . .

Ф)) 4.Ю Listen to four phone conversations. Write ju st each tim e the —
speakers use it. Then practice the conversations w ith a partner. /u s fis o n e o fth e to p 3 0 w o rd s . j
ju st
1. A Hi there. Do you have a minute? want 3. A Is this a good tim e to talk?
to tell you some good news. В Sure. Could you hold on a second? Let
В Really? Hold on a second. I need to me turn down the TV. . . . So, w h a t’ s up?
close the door. A Well, I was calling to a s k y o u r advice
about something.
2. A Hello?
В Hi, Dad. It’ s me. Is Mom there? 4. A Hi, I’ m calling to say hello.
A Yeah. But hold on a second. She’ s В Oh, hi. Listen, can I call you back?
upstairs. I need to call her. I have to finish som ething.

& Listening and strategies Sorry about that!

А Ф)) 4.11 Listen to the conversations. Why is each person calling? Write the reasons under the pictures.

В 4 >)) 4.11 Listen again. Check ( / ) the reasons for the two interruptions in each conversation

I I She got another call. I I The TV w asn’t working. 3. ] He had to find his wallet.
О They lost the connection. I I There was traffic noise. I I He met a friend.
□ Her battery ran out. □ She dropped her phone. □ He w ent the store.
□ She ordered a coffee. I I The pizza arrived. □ She had to turn off the oven.

A bout |
you | Pair w ork Student A: “ Call” and te ll your partner some interesting news. Student B: “Answer” your
partner’ s call. Interrupt and restart the conversation twice. Then change roles.

A Hey, Jake. How are you? Do you have a minute? I just want to tell you something.
В Hi. So, what’s going on? Oh, hold on a second. I need to take this call. It’s my mom.

103
 Lesson D / Texting

ЁЖ Reading
A Is te xtin g a good way to communicate? Why or why not?
Make a list o f reasons.
Read th e fir s t and last p ara graph
o f an a rtic le to get a g eneral
В Read the article. W hat’s one advantage of texting? se n se o f w h a t it is a b o u t.
W hat’s one disadvantage?

l~l 15 Comments

Why all the interest in texting? ICYC*: Textese Today

(*ln Case You're Curious)
An article on th e In te r n e t recently caught my eye. I t was a b o u t th e Texting
Championships in New York City. The 17-year-old w in n e r te x te d 149 LOL - Laugh out loud
characters in 39 seconds and won $50,000. That is c e rta in ly impressive,
and much, much faster th a n me - LOL :-). However, I started to wonder:
Why is there s t il l so much in te re s t in te x tin g ? A fte r all, te x tin g is a
commonplace a c tiv it y these days.

It's clear t h a t te x tin g , w ith all its abbreviations and symbols, is now part of
our lives. According to research, about 75% o f Americans send te x t messages,
and almost one th ird prefer to te x t rather than ta lk on th e ir phone. It's j u s t OTOH - On the other hand
quicker to send a te x t than make a call. Typing SUP is faster than asking
"H ow are you?" and listening to the answer. It's also more discreet because IMO - In my opinion
no one can overhear your conversation - and that's FBM.

OTOH, te x tin g has its downsides, to o , and perhaps it's these problems t h a t create a ll th e interest.
Texters gripe t h a t th e y are g e ttin g more spam texts th a n ever before. Teachers com plain t h a t students'
te s t scores are g e ttin g worse because teens spend more tim e te x tin g th a n th e y should. Some also
say t h a t te x tin g encourages bad grammar and p u n c tu a tio n and IMO, th a t's true. Students d o n 't
realize th e y s h o u ld n 't w rite th e ir essays in " te x te s e ," and th e y get low grades as a result. Many
young people are sleeping less because th e y wake up in th e n ig h t every tim e a t e x t pops up on th e ir
phone. Others have in ju rie s to th e ir hands and thum bs from th e c o nstant te x tin g .

There are also more serious problems w ith texting, however, such as the accidents th a t happen when
people te x t and drive at the same time. Fortunately, many countries are passing laws th a t make i t illegal
to te x t when you're behind the wheel of a car. In addition, public service advertisements warn of the
dangers of texting while driving. Perhaps, then, there is good reason for all the interest in texting.

С Read the article again and answer the questions. Then compare w ith a partner.
1. Why do so many people like texting bette rth a n talking on the phone? Find two reasons.
2. How many texting abbreviations does the author of the article use? What does each one mean?
3. What is “ textese” ? What kinds of problems does it cause?
4. What are some other downsides of texting? Find four problems in the article.
5. Do you have any advice for people who text all the time? Write four “ Dos” and “ Don’ts ” for texters.
104
 Communication
D Find the expressions below in the article on page 104. What do they mean?
Match each one to a d efin itio n . Write a to f.

1. caught my e y e . 4. overhear a. disadvantages d. got my attention

2. w o n d e r ____ 5. d o w n s id e s . b. not noticeable e. say there’s a
3. d is c re e t____ 6. warn o f ___ c. h e a rw ith o u t problem
in te n d in g to f. ask myself

Speaking and listening it can be annoying. . .

A bout j
you j A Pair w o rk Read the sentences below. Which ones do you agree with? What else can you
say about texting?

] Texting takes less time than calling. EH It’s annoying to get texts late at night.
□ Textingyour parents in public is less EHWhen you’ re with a friend, it’s OKto text other
embarrassing than talking on the phone. friends.
□ Texting is useful when you ask a favor. П You shouldn’t text friends during class.

В 4 >)) 4.12 Listen to Vanessa talk about te xting. Check ( / ) the sentences she agrees w ith.

a Writing The pros and cons

A P a ir w o r k Choose one o f these ways of com m unicating . Make a list o f its advantages
and disadvantages.

video calling texting social networking phone calls email

A d v a n ta g e s o f vide o c a llin g __ D is a d v a n ta g e s o f video c a llin g

• It's fu n to vide o c a ll w ith a close frie n d . • P eople c a ll m e w hen I d o n 't lo o k very
• I t ’s e ith e r ve ry ch e a p o r free..... g o o d . It's e m b a rra s s in g !
• It's a lm o s t lik e y o u 're in th e s a m e ro o m . • P eople ta lk lo n g e r on a video call.
It's h a rd e r to s a y g o o d -b y e .

В The article below is divided into four sections. W hat is the purpose o f each section? Read the Help
note for an explanation. Then use your list from above to w rite a sim ila r article.

с
EM E i
A -tnm e j. f d it I p osum ent t-iem cnts } Tables ^ Table Layout | C hans . Sm art Art
Writing an article giving pros and cons
The Pros and Cons o f Video Calling 9 Write an introduction to the topic.
Video calling is becoming more and more popular, and some » Write about the advantages.
o f my friends now call me every day.
• Write about the disadvantages.
It's fun to video call with a close friend if you don't see him
However, . . .
or her very often. It’s almost like you’re in the same room.
On the other hand,. . .
On the other hand, video calls can be a problem. Sometimes
you don't want people to see you, and it can be embarrassing! ® Write a conclusion, givingyourview s.
Also, people talk longer on a video call than a phone call. For I think. . .
some reason, it's harder to say good-bye! In my opinion, . . .
In my opinion, video calling is good for friends you don’t see
very often. However, for friends from class, a quick text
message or call is much better.

Aby o u i С Group w o r k Read your classmates’ articles. Whose opinions do you agree with?

105
 Vocabulary notebook/ Phone

Hold on!
Learning tip Learning expressions
People m o s t ly say H o ld on to leave

One way to learn expressions is to make a note of the a p h o n e c o n v e rs a tio n fo r a m in u te .

s ituations when you can use them. Hold on.

Hang on.

Just a m inute.
1 Match th e expressions w ith the situations.

1. “ I’ m sorry. I have the w rong num ber.” _____ a. You can’t hear someone clearly.
2. “ I have another call.” ____ b. You call the wrong number by mistake.
3. “ You’ re breaking up.” ____ c. You come back to a conversation after an interruption.
4. “ We got cut off.” ____ d. You get a signal that a second person is calling you.
5. “ Where were we?” ____ e. You suddenly can’t hea rth e other person at all.

2 Make a chart o f expressions you can use on th e phone when . . .

• you have problems getting ahold of someone • you a s k to s p e a kto someone.

• you have problems with the call while you’ re talking. you explain why you’ re calling.
• you ask if it’s a good tim e to talk. you restart the conversation.
• you need to interrupt the conversation. you can’t talk now, but you can talk later.

Can I call
Make a phrase book for
different situations - for you back?
example, making calls.
Carry it with you, and
learn the phrases.
I My
Phrasei
Book I

I need to review how t o . . .

I talk about different ways of communicating. Ш understand basic phone conversations.

Ш make comparisons. I understand someone giving opinions about texting.
В manage phone conversations. H read an article about the pros and cons of texting.
I interrupt and restart phone conversations. Ш write an article giving pros and cons.

В use ju s t to soften w hat I say.

Appearances
do ! In this unit, you learn how to .
Lesson A Lesson В Lesson С Lesson D
• Describe people’s Identify people by • Use expressions like • Read an article about
appearance using their appearance, What do you c a ll... ? if you fashion
adjectives and actions, or location can’t remember a word • Write an article about
have and have got using verb + -ing • Use expressions like fashion trends
and prepositions You mean. . . ? to check or
suggest words and names

Andrea Donald Sarina Nancy Maddie

Before you begin

L o o k a t th e p ic tu re . Can you fin d s o m e o n e w h o . . .

is short? « is young? • is thin? • has long hair? • has dark hair?

is ta ll7 • is °ld? • is heavy? • has short hair? • has blond hair?
 Lesson A Family traits
Г/'Л' / mm
Alice What does your twin sister look le a th e r Six foot three. I’ m serious.
like, Heather? Do you look alike? I mean, No kidding! So, does she have curly
are you identical twins? black hair like you?
No, we look totally different. Hayley’ s a No, she’ s got straight blond hair and
lot ta lle r than me. She takes after my dad. blue eyes. And she’ s th in n e r th a n me,
Alice How tall is she? too. I mean, she’ s really skinny.
Heather Six three.* She sounds like a model.
luh? . . . How tall is she? Actually, she is a model!

a Getting started
A Describe the people in the picture above. Can you find someone w ith curly hair? With stra ig ht hair?
Someone who is ta ll and skinny?

В 4») 4.13 Listen. Alice and Heather are m eeting Heather’s twin sister, Hayley, at the airport. Can you
find Hayley in the picture? Practice the conversation.

Fs'?oCtВ C Use the conversation above to help you complete these questions and answers.
Then practice w ith a partner.

1. A _________ does your sister look like? 2. A _________ tall is your sister?

В She’s tall, and she’ s _________ blond hair. В Six foot three. We’ re different. We d o n ’t
l o o k _________ .
108
 Appearances

а Grammar D e s c rib in g p e o p le ; have g o t Ф ))* 14

Do Hayleyand Heather look alike?
No, they look totally different.
What does Hayley look like?
She’s tall and thin.
Who does she look like?
She looks like her father.
Saying heights
Her father is six (foot) seven. He’ s six foot seven inches (tall).
She’s one meter ninety (tall).
How tall is her father?
He’s six (foot) seven.
He’s over two meters tall.
What color is Hayley’s hair?
It’s blond.
What color are Hayley’s eyes?
They’ re blue.
have g o t = have
Does she have curly hair?
No, she’s got straight hair.
Who’s got curly hair?
I do. I’ve got curly hair.
Who’s g o t = Who has g o t
I ’ve g o t = I have g o t
He’s g o t = He has got
Ш Wl .
D on’t confuse these questions:
W h a t’s sh e like?

A Choose the correct words to com plete the questions. = What kind o f person is she?

Compare w ith a partner. W hat does sh e lo o k like?

= Can you desc ribe her?
1. (flow )/ What tall are you?
2. What color have / are your eyes?
«тж птпгп
3. W h o /W h a t do you look like - your m other or your father? Ш H H l .
4. What / How color is your m other’ s hair? Is it Are they long or short? D o n ’t fo rg e t to use a form
o f have.
What / How does your father look like?
She’s g o t long brown hair.
Does anyone in your family have / got blue eyes? (NOT She g o t long brown hair.)
'------
W h o ’s got / got short hair in your class? Does anyone got / have
longhair?
8. Do any of your friends look alike / like someone famous?
9. Do you know any twins? Do they look exactly like / alike?

Abou
yoi В Pair w o r k Ask and answer the question s above. Give your own inform ation.

Speaking naturally Checking informati on

A sking for inform ation A W hat’s his nam e? A How o ld is he? A W hat co lo r is his hair?

В Joshua M urray. В N inety-five. В White.

Checking inform ation A W ha t’s his name? A H ow o ld is he? Л W hat c o lo r is his hair?

A * ) 4.1s Listen and repeat the questions and answers above. Notice how the stress and intonation
are different in the checking questions.

В P a ir w o r k A skyou r p a rtn e rto describe a good friend. Ask inform ation questions and checking
questions to make sure your inform ation is correct.

A So, tell me a bout y o u r friend. W hat’s h er name?

В Her nam e’s Kat.
A What’s her name?
В Kat. It’s s h o rt fo r Katrina.

109
 Features

Building vocabulary
А Ф)) 4.16 Listen and say the sentences. Check ( / ) the features you like. Tell the class.

“ I like mustaches. ” “ I like m uscular people. ”

□ He has a beard and □ She has pierced ears □ He has a shaved head ■□ She wears braces
a mustache. He’s bald.

□ She has long □ He wears his hair in She’ s got freckles. □ She wears her hair in
fingernails. a ponytail. cornrows.

f n She wears glasses. □ He’ s very muscular. She wears braids

W o rd
s o rt В For each feature, th in k of someone you know, and w rite a sentence. Then compare w ith a partner.

1. M y boss h as a b e a rd a n d a m ustache.,

__2. M y m o th e r s g o t .... p ie rc e d ears. ..... ...

 Appearances ч ш т г а г ш !

a Building language
А Ц))) 4,17 Listen. Find Rosa’ s roommate and Rosa’ s brother in the picture.
Practice the conversation.

Jason So, is your new room mate here?

Rosa Ava? Yeah, she’ s right over there.
Jason Oh, which one is she?
Rosa She’ s the wom an s tanding by the table.
Jason The one with the short hair?
Rosa No, the w om an with the ponytail.
Jason Oh, she looks nice. And w h o ’ s that guy
ta lkin g to her? He looks kind of weird.
Rosa You mean the guy in the yellow pants?
That’ s my brother Jimmy.

ifout Кв Can you complete these sentences about Ava and Jimmy? Use the conversation above to help you.

1. Ava is the w o m a n _________ by the table.

She’s the o n e _______________ the ponytail.
2. Jimmy is the g u y _________ to Ava.
He’s the o n e __________ the yellow pants.

a G ra m m a r P hrases w ith v e rb + -ing and p r e p o s itio n s Ф))4.18

Which one is your roommate? Who’ s the guy talking to Rosa’s roommate?
ru , r standing by the table. The guy wearing (the) yellow pants? My brother.
She s the wom anH . \ ,. .
L wearing (the) black pants. The guy standing by the table is my brother.

by the table, Who’ s the guy in the blue shirt?

She’ s the one ■ with (the) long hair. Which one? The one with (the) glasses? That’ s Jason.
L in the black shirt. The guy with / in (the) yellow pants is Rosa’ s brother.

A Choose the correct words in the questions. Then look at the picture above, and match
the questions and answers. Ask and answer the questions w ith a partner.

1. W ho’ s the tall man in /( h jh e ) s tr ip e d shirt? a. Yes. He’ s the one talking to Rosa.
2. W ho’s the woman talks / talking to Jim my?___ b. In the white skirt and red top?
3. W ho’s the guy w ith / in the shaved h e a d ? ____ That s Olivia.
4. W ho’s the woman stand / standing by Alex?____ c - In the yellow pants? That s Jimmy.
5. W ho’s the woman in / w ith the black curly hair?____ d- The muscular one? That s Alex.
6. Is Jason the one is eating / eating a cookie?____ e - The short blond one? That s Ava.
f. The one in the green blouse?
That’ s Rosa.

A bout |
you | В Pair w ork Ask and answer questions about people in your class.
A W ho’s the gu y sittin g next to Claudia?
В The one in the blue shirt? That’s Marco.
''((i- Sounds right p. 139

111
 Conversation
strategies j
/ What's his name?

a Conversation strategy Trying to remember words

A Do you know what these things are? Match the words and the descriptions.

1. a g o a te e ____ 3. cargo p a n ts ____ a. shoes with thick soles c. a little short beard
2. a w i g ____ 4. platform s h o e s ____ b. baggy pants with pockets d. false hair

В ф)) 4,19 Listen. What does Gabby te ll Jin-ho about th e ir old classmate?

G abby Do you re m e m b e rth a t cool guy in our

class last year? Oh, w h a t’s his name?
You know . . . he always wore those
baggy pants w ith all the pockets. What
do you call them?
Jin-ho You mean cargo pants.
G abby Yeah. And he had long hair and a funny
little beard . . . w hat do you call that?
Jin-ho Do you mean a goatee? . . . Oh, I know.
You mean Max!
G abby That’ s right, Max. Well, don’t look now,
but he’s sitting right behind you. And he’s
wearing a suit and tie and everything.
Jin-ho A suit and tie? No way!
G abby Yeah, and he’s got short hair. He looks
different!

С Notice how Gabby uses expressions like these W hat’s his / her name?
when she can’t remember a name or a word. Find W hat do you call i t / them?
examples in the conversation. W hat do you call t h a t . . . / t ho se. . . ?

D Complete the conversations w ith expressions like the ones above. Then practice w ith a partner.

1. A Do you rem em ber when everyone wore those shoes -

- the ones with really th ic k soles?
В Oh, yeah. Platform shoes. Actually, people s till w ear them!

2. A A friend of mine wears her hair in those tin y braids -

В Cornrows? They’ re really cool.

3. A W h o ’s th a t singer with all the am azing clothes? ?

You know, her hair always looks different because she wears those,
uh - ?
В Do you mean wigs? Are you th in k in g o f Lady Gaga?
 Appearances

а Strategy plus You m ean. . .

You mean . . or ask
You can say
Do you mean . . . ? to check what
someone is talkin g about or to
suggest a word or name.
Do you mean a goatee? . . .
Oh, I know. You mean Max.
...... .............. ....У
What words are these people tryin g to th in k of? Write a response using You mean . . . or
Do you m ean . . . ? Then practice w ith a partner.

1. A I’ m going to buy a pair o f those baggy pants w ith lots of pockets. What do you call them?
В You m ean cargo pants.______

2. A My brother has long hair, and he pulls it back, you know, he wears it in a, um . . .
В ____________________________

3. A My best friends are twins. They look exactly alike. They’ re, uh, w hat do you call them?
В ____________________________

4. A My friend has these cute little spots on her nose. What do you call them?
В ____________________________

5. A My grandfather d o e sn ’t have any hair. He’s, uh, w hat do you call that?
В ____________________________

6. A When I was a kid, I wore those, w hat do you call those things on y o u rte e th . U m , . . .
В ____________________________

a Listening and strategies Celebrities

A <>)) 4,20 Listen. Two friends are w atching an awards ceremony on TV, and they are ta lkin g about
the celebrities. Who are they ta lkin g about? Number the pictures 1 to 6.

Angelina Jolie D Scarlett □ Penelope Cruzj

Johansson

В Pair w ork Take turns ta lkin g about celebrities as if you can’t remember th e ir names. Can your
partner guess who you are ta lkin g about?

A I rea lly like th a t sin g e r from Colombia. W hat’s her name? She sings in English, Spanish, and Arabic.
В Oh, do you mean Shakira? Yeah, her voice is amazing.
' Т г е ё Т Ш pp. 135 and 136

113
 C h a n g in g fa s h io n s ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^

W hat clothes and hairstyles are in fashion rig h t now?

When did they become fashionable?
Practice s k im m in g . Read th e fir st

в Read the blog. Which styles do you know about?

se n te n ce o f each p a ra g ra ph to get a
g eneral idea o f w h a t th e a rtic le is a b o u t.
Which do you like?

http://www.fashionstatement..

FASh ■R-.NDS SALES СОГ i

STATEMENTS
A f e w d a y s a g o , I p o i n t e d o u t m y t w e l v e - y e a r - o l d n ie c e
t o a f r ie n d . "S h e 's t h e o n e w e a r i n g b ra c e s - t h e p in k
o n e s . " I re a liz e d a t t h a t m o m e n t t h a t b ra c e s a re n o w a
fa s h io n s t a t e m e n t . C a n y o u im a g in e ? B u t t h e n , d i d y o u
e v e r i m a g i n e t h a t p la s t ic s h o e s w i t h h o le s in t h e m w o u l d
b e c o m e so p o p u l a r all t h o s e y e a rs a g o ? O r t h a t y o u
c o u l d b u y little c h a r m s t o w e a r o n t h e m ?

B u t th a t 's t h e g r e a t t h i n g a b o u t f a s h io n . Y o u 'r e n e v e r q u i t e
su re w h a t's g o i n g t o b e c o m e t h e " i n " t h i n g .

Take g la s se s. B ig g la s s e s c a m e a n d w e n t , a n d t h e n e v e r y o n e
w a n t e d d e s i g n e r g la s s e s w it h a lo g o . M e n w o r e g la s s e s w it h
heavy, b l a c k f r a m e s f o r a t i m e . T h e n c o l o r e d f r a m e s w e r e
t h e " i n " t h i n g , a n d s o o n p e o p l e d i d n ' t w a n t f r a m e s a t all. ;
G la sse s, t o o , b e c a m e a f a s h io n s t a t e m e n t , a n d p e o p l e w o r e
t h e m e v e n if t h e y d i d n ' t n e e d glasses!

H a irs ty le s are a n o t h e r g r e a t w a y t o m a k e a fa s h io n s ta t e m e n t .
M e n w it h p o n y ta ils , s h a v e d h e a d s , c o r n r o w s - t h e y 'v e all
c o m e a n d g o n e a n d c o m e b a c k in to s ty le a g a in . W o m e n 's
h a irs ty le s are lo n g a n d s t r a i g h t o n e m in u t e , a n d s h o r t a n d
c u r ly t h e ne xt. B a n g s are in. O h w a it, n o . . . b a n g s are o u t.

T h e n o f c o u r s e , t h e r e are je a n s . S t r a i g h t - l e g g e d are t h e
w a y t o g o , u n til e v e r y o n e w e a r s t h e m f la r e d . S o m e g u y s
w e a r t h e m b a g g y . R e a lly b a g g y . W o m e n , o n t h e o t h e r
h a n d , s e e m t o p r e f e r " s k i n n y j e a n s . " B la c k j e a n s are in,
a n d t h e n e v e r y o n e s ta rts w e a r i n g w h i t e je a n s , o r p in k
je a n s , o r . . . e v e r y o t h e r c o lo r.

O n e t h i n g is f o r sure. It's a lo t o f w o r k k e e p i n g u p w it h
t h e la te s t fa s h io n t r e n d s - a n d e x p e n s iv e ! M a y b e t h e
b e s t w a y t o m a k e a f a s h io n s t a t e m e n t is t o d o y o u r o w n
t h i n g a n d n o t f o l l o w fa s h io n s a t all!

114
 .. . ..... Ч!!!!.!1!,'!,' """...
Appearances
С Read the blog again. Answer the questions.

1. Why does the w riter say that braces are now a “ fashion statem ent” ?
2. What shoe style became popularyears ago?
3. What five styles of glasses does the w riter mention? Do you know anyone who wears any of them?
4. How many hairstyles for men does the writer list? Do you have any friends with these styles?
5. What is the opposite of baggy jeans? straight-legged jeans? Which style do you prefer?
6. What advice does the writer give about keeping up with the latest fashion trends? Do you agree?

a Listening W hat’s in style?

А Ф)) 4.2t Listen to a fashion editor interview four people. What items are they ta lkin g about?
W rite the number of the conversations (1 to 4) next to the items. There is one extra item.

s h i r t s ____ s h o e s _____ s k i r t s _____ d re s s e s _____ p a n t s _____

В Ц») 4.21 Listen again. What specific fashion is each person ta lkin g about? How does the person feel
about tha t style? Complete the chart. Do you agree w ith each person?

Fashion Does she / he like it? W hy or w hy not?

I ..—— ........—...
1. Leslie

2. Emery

3. Kara

4. Franz

Speaking and writing Fashion trends

Abyou| A Group w ork Ask and answer the questions. Take notes on the different ideas.

1. What clothes are “ in ” today among your friends? 4. What do you like about today’s “ look” ?
2. What clothes are going out of style? 5. What d on’t you like about it?
3. What styles of shoes are your friends wearing?

В Read the article below and the Help note. Underline the expressions in the article that describe trends.

g ^ i^ tn rrm r^
Describing new trends
Casual Clothes Are N o w the Rule! S ho rt h a ir is in style.
Long h a ir is g o in g out o f style.
This year, all my co-workers are wearing casual clothes to High heels are dated / old-fashioned.
work. M en are wearing casual slacks and sweaters, and suits Glasses are becom ing popular.
and ties are out o f style. Leather shoes are “ out,” and dressy It’s fashionable to w e a r. . .
sneakers are “ in.” Less f o rm a l e x p re s s io n s

It’s also fashionable for women to wear slacks, and fewer S hort h a ir is “in ” o r “out. ”
Glasses are the “in ” thing.
women are wearing suits. High heels are going out o f style. In
They’re very trendy.
general, I like this fashion trend. I feel more comfortable.

С Write an article describing the current “ look.” Use at least four of the expressions in the Help note.
^ Vocabulary notebook / What do they look like?

Learning tip Writing true sentences

Use your new vocabulary in true sentences about yourself or people you know.
_______ ______________________

1 What do these people look like? Match the sentences and people.

1. He’s tall, and he’s got spiked hair, d 6. He’ s short and a little heavy.______
2. She has short h a ir.____ 7. She’s got freckles._____
3. He’ s bald, and he wears glasses.------- 8. She has long hair and big brown eyes.
4. She’ s wearing e arrings.---------- 9. He’ s got blue eyes and blond h a ir .___
5. She wears her hair in b r a id s .------- 10. She has dark curly h a ir._____

2 Write three sentences about each of these people. What do they look like?

• a family m em ber • a classmate • a close friend • yourself • another person

NOW PLAYING

On yo u r ow n

Look at three different people this week.

T h in k o f how to describe them.
Then write sentences.

E f doJ N o w I can . .
I need to review howto

Ш use (Do) you mean... ? to check or suggest a word.

I understand which person someone is describing.
В understand people’s opinions about fashion.
И read an article about fashion trends.
I write an article about fashion trends.
Looking ahead
(d o ! In this unit, you learn how to . .
Lesson A Lesson В Lesson С Lesson D
Make predictions and • Talk about jobs • Make offers and Read an article about
discuss future plans • Discuss future plans promises with will the future
with will, may, and using the simple • Agree to something Write an article about
might present in if and time using All right an invention using first,
clauses and OK second, etc. to list ideas

Before you begin . . .

W h ic h o f th e s e th in g s do you th in k you a re g o in g to do in th e n e x t fiv e years?
H o w sure a re yo u ? A b s o lu te ly sure? P r e tty sure? N o t a t a ll sure?
» get an interesting job • move to a new city
* find your own place • travel to another country
 Lesson A What's next?

WHAT ARE YOUR PLANS FOR NEXT YEAR?

' “ Well, I’ m graduating from college next “ Well, some o f my friends are going to
June, so I guess I’ ll look for a job. 1 know it travel around Europe for two
w o n ’t be easy to find one - so I may go on m onths. I hope I’ ll be able to go й
for a m aster’ s degree. We’ ll see.” with them. But it’ ll be к ,Ш
-Christy Lewis expensive, and I m ight not be f [ ■
able to afford it.” I j
-PaulReade I 11

“ We’ re going to have a baby in

March, so both of us w ill probably
take some tim e off from work. I’ m
sure the baby w ill keep us both
pT m not sure. I m ight look for a better very busy.”
job. Before that, though, I’ m going to ask -Jim and Katie Conley
my boss for a prom otion. But I probably
w o n ’ t get one, so . . . ”
-Laura Chang
“ I’ m going to retire - I’ ll be
6 5 i n j u n e - a n d m y w ife ’ s
already retired. So w e ’ ll
probably move to Florida in
the fall, or maybe Arizona.
We’ re not going to spend
anothe r w inter here - t h a t’ s
for sure!”
-Joe Etta
....... . " " V n ' t - » . ! . -r

6 1 Getting started
A 4 >)) 4.22 Are you g o in g to do any o f these things next year? Tell the class. Then listen.
What are the people above going to do? Check ( / ) the boxes below.

EH have a baby EH graduate from college EH buy a house EH retire

□ ask for a promotion EH go on for a master’s degree □ go on a trip □ get married

Fif o S l В Complete the sentences using the interview s above to help you.

1. Paul says i t _________ be expensive to go to Europe. He’ s sure about that.

2. Laura thinks she probably_________ get a promotion. She’s 95% certain her boss will say no.
3. Christy says s h e _________ study for a master’ s degree. She’ s not sure, though.
4. Laura says s h e _________ look for a better job. She says it’s possible.
5. Joe says h e _________ retire next June. He’ s already decided.

118
 I I * I I 4 .. . .
Looking ahead

& Grammar Future with w ill, may, and m ig h t 4'))4.23

/V,..-..... .....

You can use will to give facts or predictions To show you are not 100% sure about the future, you
about the future. can use may and might.
I’ll be 65 in June. I may go on for a master’ s degree.
It’ll be expensive to travel around Europe. I might not be able to afford it.
The baby w ill keep us busy!
It won’t be easy to find a job. You can also use ил/7/ with expressions like I guess,
I think, maybe, and probably.
I ’ll = I w ill w on’t = w ill not
We’ll probably take some time off from work.
Maybe we’ll move to Arizona.

Avoid will to talk about plans or decisions already made. Use the present continuous or be going to.
I’m going to Europe next year. I’m going to visit Paris. (NOT I will go to Europe next year. I will visit Paris.)

A Circle the correct options in the conversations below. D o n ’ t u s e can f o r p r e d i c t i o n s .

U s e m ay o r m ight.
Compare and practice in groups o f three.
I m a y go away fo r vacation.
1. A What are you going to do at the end of this course? (N O T I te n go away fo r vacation.)
V. J
В I’ m not sure. I guess I take / another course

С I d o n ’t know. I’ m going to / I may travel abroad w ith my

brother. He thin ks his classes m ight / can finish early this
year, so we m ight / w ill be able to go in May.

2. A Are your friends going away for vacation next summer?

В Well, they ’ re all going to do / w ill all do different things. One friend is going / w ill go to Istanbul.
I’ d love to go, too, but I d o n ’t know. I w on’t / I m ig h t not be able to afford it.

С Four of my friends w ill / may be 21, so we ’ re having / have a big party. It’ s going to be fun.

3. A Are you going to look for a new job next year?

В Actually, I ju st got a new job. I’ ll / I’ m going to w ork for the local newspaper. How about you?

С I d o n ’t know. I th in k I’ m studying / I’ ll study for a certificate in nutrition. I mean, I’ ll / I may

probably go back to school because I’ m pretty sure I w o n ’t I m ig h t not get a job.

Abyou ; В Group w o rk Ask and answer the questions. Give your own answers. Who has in te re s tin g plans?

a Speaking naturally Reduction of will

y o u r best frie n d w ill alw ays be yo u r frie n d ? (frie n d ’ll)
the teacher w ill be a m illio n a ire som eday? (te a ch e r’ll)
Do you th in k . . . y o u r p are n ts w ill ever move to a n o th e r city? (p a re n ts ’ll)
a ll y o u r frie n d s w ill have children? (frie n d s ’ll)
anyone in the class w ill be fam ous som eday? (cla ss’ll)

A 4 1 4.24 Listen and repeat the questions above. Practice the reduction of w ill to ’11.

Aboi
yo В P a irw o rk Ask and answer the questions. Think of more questions to ask about the future.

A Do you th in k y o u r best frie n d w ill always be your friend?

В Well, we m ig h t not always live near each other, but I th in k we’ll always be friends.
119
 Ш% Building vocabulary
Ф)) 4.25 Listen and say the words. Then make a class list o f other jobs and professions.
Do you know anyone w ith these jobs?

“ M y neighbor is a firefighter. She loves her job. ”

You can also say:
“ M y cousin m ay become a veterinarian a t an anim al hospital. ” j She w orks f o r a (c o m p u te r) com pany.
\ He w o rks a t a h o s p ita l / g ro c e ry store.

sales
doctor
representative
nurse

firefighter

receptionist

police officer

electriciar
business
letter carrier executive
carpenter

sistant
.. ..

W o rd
s o rt В Complete the chart w ith jobs from above. Add your own ideas. Then compare w ith a partner.

has an interesting job? has a rewarding job? has a difficult job? earns a lot of money?

jo u r n a lis ts nurses
in t e r io r d e sig n e rs

“ I th in k jo u rn a lists have an interesting job. They travel a lot, a n d . . . ”

120
 Looking ahead

a Building language
A 4 '/) 4.26 Listen. What is Becca’s problem? Practice the conversation.

I can’t believe we ju s t have one more year o f college!

Beet a I know.
What are you going to do when you graduate?
Well, I may go to law school if I get good grades next year.
Oh, I’ m sure you will.
Well, you never know. My parents will be disappo inted
if I d o n ’t go into law. They’ re both lawyers.
Wow. That’ s a lot of pressure.
Yeah. And after I graduate, I’ ll be able to w ork in th e ir firm.
Drew Uh-huh. Well, t h a t’ s good.
Becca Yeah, but I d o n ’t really w ant to be a lawyer. .. .
I want to be a journalist. I guess I need to decide
before I go home for the summer.
Drew Well, good luck!

Fif o S lt В Choose the correct words to complete these sentences about Becca.

1. Becca may go to law school when she graduates / w ill graduate from college.
2. If Becca doesn’t / w on’t go into law, her parents will be disappointed.
3. She needs to decide before she w ill go / goes home for the summer.

a G ra m m a r Present tense verbs with future m eaning 4 ))) 4.27

In complex sentences about the
future, use the simple present after
if, when, after, and before.
What are you going to do when you graduate?
If I get good grades, I may go to law school.
My parents will be disappointed if I don’t go into law.
After I graduate, I’ ll be able to work in their firm.
I need to decide before I go home for the summer.

About f
you j A Choose the correct verbs. Then complete the sentences w ith your own ideas.
1. Before this semester w ill be /(is)over, I th in k I’ ll be able t o ______________ .
2. I’ ll p ro b a b ly ______________ after I finish / w ill finish my studies.
3. If I don’t / w on’t get a good job after I w ill graduate / graduate, I m ig h t ______
4. If I earn / w ill earn a lot of money in the next ten years, I m a y ______________ .
5. I’d like t o ________________when I visit / w ill visit my relatives again.
6. If I become / w ill become really fluent in English, I hope I’ ll be able t o ______________ .
7. I th in k I’ l l _______________________________ after I retire / w ill retire.

В Pair w ork Compareyour sentences. A skyou r partner questions for more inform ation

A Before this sem ester is over, I th in k I ’ll be able to improve my grades.

В Good fo r you. Which subject do you need a better grade in?
"(p- Sounds right p. 139

121
 Conversation Н
Lesson С strategies / /

41

6 k Conversation Strategy Making offers and promises

A Imagine you are planning a barbecue w ith friends. What things do you put on your “ to -d o ” list?

В 4 >)) 4,28 Listen. What does Olivia offer to do? How about Jake?

O livia I’ m really looking forward to the

barbecue this weekend.
Jake Me too. I’ ll get some steaks, if you
like.
O livia OK. That sounds good. And I’ ll bring
some salad and stuff. Will you bring
some chairs? Oh, and remind me to
bring my beach umbrella.
Jake All right. And I w o n ’t forget the drinks
this tim e, either.
O livia Good. Uh, do you w ant me to drive?
Jake No, I’ ll drive. You can’t afford any
more speeding tickets.
O liv ia OK. Then make sure you go to the gas
station before you pick me up. We
d o n ’t w ant to run out of gas again.
Jake All right. 1will. But hey, we only ran
out of gas that one tim e!

С Notice how O livia and Jake use I ’ll and I won’t “ I’ll get some steaks. ” (an offer)
to make offers and promises. Find exam ples in “/ won’t forget the drinks. ” (a promise)
the conversation.

D Some friends are planning a h ikin g trip for Saturday. For each comment, find and complete an offer
or a promise w ith I ’ll or I won’t. Then practice w ith a partner.

1. How are we going to get there? a. Don’t worry, _ . call you.

2. Do we have to leave early? I m ight oversleep.___ b. I can borrow my parents’ car. I'll drive.
3. What food should we take ? ____ c. No, we d o n ’t . ___ get one.
4. How about som ething to drink, to o ? ____ d. just some s andw ic he s .___ make them.
5. Will you re m em berto b rin g y o u r GPS?____ e. Probably.____ look at the forecast.
6. Should we check the weather before we g o ? . f. S ure.____ fo rg e t.______ bring a camera, too.
7. Do we have a trail m a p ? ____ g. Yeah.____ buy some bottles of water later.

Abou!
yoi E Pair w o r k Imagine you are going on a day trip . Choose a place to go. Then take turns asking and
answering the questions above. Make offers and promises w ith I ’ll and I won’t.

122
 Looking ahead W I J U 1 Д

а Strategy plus All right and OK

You can use A ll r ig h t
or O K when you agree
to som ething.
(Z M
O K is a b o u t six tim e s more
f r e q u e n t th a n A ll rig h t.

my beach umbrella.

Respond to the question s w ith All r ig h t or OK, and make an offer w ith I ’ll. Then practice
w ith a partner.

1. A Could you help me with my computer? I th in k it has a virus.

В ______ . I ’ l l _________________________
2. A I have a favor to ask. Can you give me a ride to

В ______ . I ’ l l _________________________
3. A I m ight get a new tablet this weekend. Can you

В ______ . I ’ l l _________________________
4. A I’ m g o in g to paint my apartm ent next weekend

В ______ . I ’ l l _________________________

A Could you help me w ith m y computer? I think it has a virus.

В A ll right. I ’ll take a look this afternoon. Is that OK?

a Listening and strategies i’ll do it!

А Ф)) 4.29 Listen to Jackand Helen’ s conversation. W hat kind o f event are th e y planning?
Where w ill it take place? When?

В 4 )) 4.29 Listen again. Complete th e sentences. Write a to h. There is one extra item.

1. Their mother promises she’ l l ____ a n d _____ .

2. Jacksays he’ l l ____ . He says he w o n ’t _____ .
3. Helen says she’ l l ____ . She w o n ’t _____ . Helen will a ls o _____ .

a. burn the food d. send invitations online g. shop and do the cooking
b. buy a gift and a card e. get the date wrong h. pay for everything
c. send a guest list f. choose the music

С Group w o rk Plan an end-of-the-year event for your class. Make a list o f things to do.
Offer and agree to do the different tasks.

A We sh ou ld reserve a room a t the school. TO D O __

В OK, I ’ll call and do that.
Reserve a ro o m a t th e sch oo l.
С And we need to buy some sn a c ks.. . . B u y so m e snacks.

123
 In the future
A

GK Reading
A Look at the pictures in the article. Can you guess what inventions the article w ill describe?
Tell the class.

“I th in k people w ill use special glasses to g e t directions. As y o u read, lo o k fo r w o r d s like

h o w e ve r, w h ic h s h o w s a co n tra s tin g

]
В Read the article. Which inventions did you already idea, and so, w h ic h s o m e t im e s
know about? Which were new? in tro d u c e s a co n s e q u e n c e .

http://www.lifeinthefuture, MH
M®is

ШНЙТ WILL LIFE BE LIME IN THE FUTURE?

Our analyst says th a t some w eird and w o n de rfu l ideas o f the fu tu re m ig h t n ot be th a t far away.

Sm artphones, tablets, and laptops are g e ttin g th in n e r and lig h te r than ever before. However,
1 in th e future, you m ig h t n o t need to carry any gadgets around w ith you. If designers have
th e ir way, you may ju s t need to w ear a pair o f " v ir t u a l goggles" instead. Scientists are testing
p ro to typ e s at th e m o m e n t, th o u g h it may be some tim e before they're actually on store shelves.
These goggles w ill act like a c o m p u te r screen and display in fo rm a tio n
and e n te r ta in m e n t fro m th e Internet.
So, w hen you are sightseeing, you'll be able to see in fo rm a tio n
a b o u t a fam ous b u ild in g in fr o n t o f you. Or you'll be able to ge t a
review o f th e restaurant m enu you're lo o kin g at. The goggles will
have GPS, so you'll be able to stream directions to a party or
locate a nearby coffee shop. They w ill also have a camera to take
photos, and you w o n 't need a cell p h o n e anym ore. The goggles w ill have th a t b u ilt in, too.

You m ig h t n o t be able to take a tr ip in to space rig h t now, b u t in th e near fu tu re , we may all

2 have access to th e o u te r atm osphere . Private spaceships are ta k in g reservations - at a cost
- fo r flig h ts in to space. In th e m e a n tim e , a Japanese c o m p a n y says it is d e v e lo p in g a space
elevator. The elevator, w h ic h w ill carry 30 passengers,
w ill stretch fro m a base on th e g ro u n d up to a space
Д И Ш М И Ш Ш s tation 36,000 k ilo m e te rs (22,000 miles) above th e
earth. It w ill take e ig h t days to reach th e space
station. Luckily, th e e le v a to r w ill have beds and
e n te r ta in m e n t on board. The c o m p a n y says it may be
ready by 2050.

You can already buy m irrors w ith TVs in them , so you can w atch the m o rn in g news w h ile you
3 brush y o u r teeth. However, in th e future, mirrors w ill be able to do m uch, m uch more. What
w o u ld you look like w ith long blo n d hair? Or w ith a beard? In
the future, you w ill be able to sim ply tap y o u r m irro r if you
w a n t to see y ourself w ith d iffe re n t features. Your m irro r will
also m o n ito r y o u r health, and it'll be able to tell you w hen you
need a visit to th e doctor's office. And before you go to work,
you'll be able to set the tim e fo r a nice, relaxing bath. Now how
h o t do you w a n t th e water?

124
 Looking ahead
С Read the article again. Check (/) the predictions the article makes.

1. EH With “ virtual goggles” y o u ’ ll be able to go online.

2. EHThese goggles w ill make it unnecessary for tourists to go sightseeing.
3. EHVirtual goggles w ill have built-in cell phones.
4. □ Only trained astronauts w ill be able to travel on the space elevator.
5. □ The space elevator w ill carry people 22,000 miles above the earth.
6. □ The space elevator will probably be ready in the next ten years.
7. EH A “ smart m irror” w ill show us w hat we look like with different hair or features.
8. EH With smart mirrors to m o n ito r health, we w o n ’t need to go to the doctor.
АЬуои[ Ц D Pair w ork If the predictions are correct, w ill our lives be better or worse? Discuss w ith a partner.

A Our lives will be worse with virtual goggles. We’ll stop looking at things around us.
В I don’t really agree. People won’t wear the goggles all the time. Just when they need them.

a Listening a n d writing a good idea?

А Ц))) 4.30 Listen to Sophia and Alan discuss the inventions from the article on page 124.
For each invention, who says it ’s a good idea? Check ( / ) Sophia or Alan.

Invention W ho says it’s a good idea? Why?

Sophia Alan
1. virtual goggles □ □
2. a space elevator □ П
3. a smart mirror □ □

A bo ut |
you | В 4») 4.30 Listen again. Write one reason why Sophia or Alan thinks the invention is a good idea.
Do you agree? Discuss w ith a partner.

С Read the article below and the Help note. Underline the words th a t list ideas.

Listing ideas
“Smart” Refrigerators F irst, yo u w o n ’t n e e d to . .
S e co n d , y o u ’ll n e v e r . . .
Scientists predict that people will have “ sm art”
Next, s c a n n e rs w i l l . . .
refrigerators in the future. Scanners will read bar codes on F in a lly, y o u ’ll be a b le to .
food and . . .
I think this will m ake our lives better. First, you won't need
to go grocery shopping anym ore, so . . . Second, you ’ll
never com e home and find an em pty refrigerator . . . N ext,
scanners will tell you if the food is bad, so you w on’t get
sick . . . Finally, y o u ’ll be able to . . .

About I
you | D Write a short article about a future invention. W ill it make life better or worse? Why?
Give four reasons.

125
 Vocabulary notebook/ Writers, actors, and artists

Learning tip Grouping vocabulary

Talk about jobs
Write new vocabulary in groups. You can group words The jo b s p e o p le m e n tio n
by th e ir endings or by th e ir meanings. You can group m o s t in c o n v e rsa tio n are
la w y e r, te a c h e r, and d o c to r.
^ expressions by different topic areas.

1 Look at these jobs. Group them by th e ir endings. How many other jobs can you add to each list?

/a c to r assistant doctor jou rn a lis t musician police officer

architect consultan t electrician letter carrier nurse receptionist
artist dentist firefighter librarian param edic w riter

-er / -or - a n t / -ent -is t -ian

actor

2 Make a chart like the one below. How many expressions can you w rite in the chart?

W ork Home and fam ily Education

g e t a prom otion have a baby take an exam

Make a list o f 20 pe o p le you know . What

jo b s do they do? W rite th e ir jobs in English.
How many new w o rd s do you learn?

I discuss my plans and make predictions. I understand a conversation about planning events.
Ц talk about jobs. Ш understand a conversation about inventions.
Ш make offers and promises. И read an article about the future.
I agree to offers, requests, and suggestions. I write an article about a future invention.
 Checkpoint\ u n i t s 10-12

ЕЖ Who’s who?
Austin and Tyler are brothers, but they look very different. Complete the questions for items 1 to 5.
Complete items 6 to 9 w ith comparatives and prepositions. Compare w ith a partner. Then ask and
answer the questions.

1. A . alike?
В No, they look totally different.

2. A ______________ like?
В He’s short and heavy, and he’ s got a mustache.

3. A ______________ like - his m o th e r or his father?

В Austin looks like his mother. She’ s short, too.

4. A ______________ ?
\ i
He’ s six feet tall. He’ s a lot ta lle r than Austin.

5. A
В His eyes are blue.

6. A Do they both have brown hair?

В Yes, but Tyler’ s hair i s ________ and than A u stin ’ s.
^ Austin ^ ^ Tyler ^

7. A Are they both muscular?

В No, Austin i s _________ than Tyler. He works o u t . than Tyler.

8. A Do they both have freckles?

В Yes, but Tyler h a s _________ freckles than Austin. Austin probably s p e n d s ______ . time
in the sun.

9. A Is Tyler the o n e _________ the spiked hair?

В No, th a t’ s Austin. Tyler’ s the o n e _________ the ponytail - the o n e __________the striped shirt.

& Can you guess what I mean?

A How many words and expressions can you add to the chart? Compare charts w ith a partner.

D escribingfaces D escribing hairstyles W ays o f com m unicating

have freckles have a ponytail te x t som eone electrician

В Pair w ork Student A: Explain a word or expression to a partner. Student B: Guess the word.

A You can do this with your phone o r computer.

В Do you mean text someone?
127
 а Can you complete this conversation?
Complete the conversation w ith th e w ords and expressions in th e box. Use c apital letters where
necessary. Practice w ith a partner. Then role-play th e conversation using your own ideas.

all right I’ ll ju st w earing where were we

breaking up I’ ll call you back let’s see w hat do you call it with
hold on a second I’ve got / t h i s is w hat was I saying you mean

G reg Greg Waters.

Ken: Hello, Greg. This is Kenji from the office in
Tokyo. I w a s ______________ calling to ask . . . What
tim e are you arriving on Monday?
Greg Well, I have my ticket h e re .______________ , I arrive
at, um, 3:30 p.m.
Kenji O K ,______________ come to the airport to meet you.
O h ,______________- I’ve got another call.
Greg ______________ . . .
Kenj; Hi. Sorry a bout that. S o ,______________ ? Oh, yes,
I’ ll meet you. So, how w ill I recognize you?
G reg Well, I’ m tall a n d ______________ blond hair and -
Kenji Sorry, Greg, I can’t hear you. You’ r e ______________ .
Greg OK. L is te n ,______________ . . .
Kenii Hi. That’ s better. S o , ___________________ ?
Greg I was describing myself. So, um, I’ ll be the blond
g u y ______________ the s u n g la s s e s ,______________
a USA T-shirt.
Kenji Um, OK. Maybe I should w ear a - __________?
A th in g with my name on it so you can find me?
Greg O h , ______________ a badge. Good idea!

a Future plans and dreams

A Circle the correct o p tio n s, and then com plete the sentences w ith true in fo rm a tio n .

1. When I’ ll get / I get home tonight, I’ m g o i n g t o ______________ , and I m ig h t_______________ , but

I probably w o n ’t ______________.
2. If y o u ’ ll w ant / you w a n t help with your hom ew ork this w eekend, I’ ll help / I help you. I’ m not
______________ on Saturday, but I m a y ______________ on Sunday.
3. If I’ ll win / 1win the lottery this year, I promise I’ ll buy / I buy all my classmates dinner. I’ ll also
______________ , and I m ig h t______________ , too.
4. If I ever w ill become / become famous, I w o n ’t / d o n ’t change. I’ ll s till be / I’ m s till myself, and
I w o n ’t ______________ .

В Pair w o r k Tell each o th e r your sentences. Can you c ontinue th e conversations?

128
.N IT

I t l Find out about me!

1 Think o f an interesting question you’ d like to ask someone to get to know them better. Write your
question on a sm all piece of paper, fold it, and put it in a pile.

W h ic h do y o u p re fe r - h o t w e a th e r o r c o ld w e a th e r?

2 Class a c tiv ity Take a piece o f paper from the pile. Ask your classmates the question on your piece
o f paper. Find out one more piece o f info rm a tio n from each classmate.

A So, which do you prefer - h o t weather or cold weather?

В Actually, I like cold weather. I like snow.
A Oh, I do too. So, do you ski?

Common interests
1 Complete the sentences below about your in f-----

1. I enjoy w a tc h in g b a s e b a ll
2. I’ m good a t ___________________
3. I can’t ___________________
4. I’ m interested i n ___________________
5. I would l i k e ___________________
6. I li k e ___________________
7. l e a n ___________
8. I th in k everybody

2 Group w ork Change the statem ents you made into questions to ask your group.
Who is the same as you?

Q u e s tio n s N am es

1. D o y o u e n jo y 'w a tc h in g b a s e b a ll? I c h im

A Do you enjoy watching baseball?

В No, n o t really. I d o n’t really understand the rules.
С Really? I love it. Baseball is m y favorite sport.

129
 Free talk

UNITP %
True or false?
1 Complete the sentences w ith your own ideas. Write three true
sentences and three false sentences.

1. I’ m. . these days.

2. Ifl_ ., I u s u a lly .

never.

4. I love to

5. I . every day.

6. This week I’ m not.

2 Pair w ork Take turns te llin g your ideas. Ask your partner follow -up
questions. Can you guess which ideas are not true?

A I ’m getting up a t 4:30 every m orning these days.

В Are you serious? Why? Are you training fo r a race?

UNITB 9%
A new celebration
Group w ork Create a new special day or festival. You can use the ideas given or make up anything
you want! Complete these sentences or w rite new ones about your new event.

1. Our new special day or festival is c a lle d __ . (name)

Grandma's Day
2. It’s going to be o n ______________ .(d a te )
3. There’s g o in g to b e ______________a n d _. (events)
4. Everyone is going t o __________ .. (activity) C H o c o l^ e F e s tiv a l

5. Everyone is g o in g to eat. ___ • (fo o d )

6. People are g o in g to b u y . ___ . (items)
No-Homework D ay1.
7. Nobody is g o i n g t o ____ .. (activity)
8. It’s going to b e ________ .. (“fun, ” “ interesting, ” . . . )

Class a ctivity Ask three classmates from other groups questions G e t- U p - i_ a te W e e k

about th e ir new festivals and special days. Take notes.

A What’s y o u r new festival called?

В It’s called “ Laugh-a-Lot Day, ” and i t ’s going to be on March 8th.

Choose one festival tha t you’ d like to celebrate. Tell the class why.

“ I ’d like to celebrate Laugh-a-Lot Day because people are going to te ll jokes a ll day. ”

130
UNITBP%
im I In the past
Class a c tiv ity Ask your classmates question s about th e ir childhood. Write notes about each person.

S S I
1. was born at home.

2. d id n ’t like playing outside.

3. w asn’t good at music.

4. liked to play board games.

5. always had bruised knees.

6. was on a sports or athletics team.

7. changed schools two o rth re e times.

8. collected something.

9. got into trouble a lot.

10. liked to eat vegetables.

“ Were you born a t home?”

JNITjM f a „
1Ш Apartment hunting
P a ir w o r k Student A: Read about the apartm ent below. S tudent B: Read about the apartm ent on
page 133. Take turns asking questions about the two apartm ents. Which one would you like to rent?

A Is there a washer and d ryer in the apartment?

В Is there a what? A washer and dryer? No, there is n ’t, b u t there’s a . . .

http://www.findyournewhome...

A p a rtm e n t fo r re n t - 3 8 1 2 Beacon S tre e t

A p a rtm e n t features
2 b e d ro o m s and 2 b a th ro o m s , liv in g room ,
b ig k itc h e n , s m a ll balco n y
3rd floor, no ele v a to r
P arking lot next to th e a p a r tm e n t b u ild in g

A m e n itie s
W a s h e r and d ryer in each a p a r tm e n t
Free gym in th e b u ild in g
Rooftop garden
Valet p a rk in g

N eighborhood
In a q u ie t n e ig h b o r h o o d . S u p e rm a rk e t only a 15-m inute w a lk
away. 2 0 - m in u te w a l k t o th e nearest su b w a y s ta tio n .
 Free talk

UNim Travel smart!

1 Look at the pictures. What advice do you have for Traveler В in each situation? Make a list.

2 Role play Now imagine you and your partner are in the situations above.
Take turns giving and responding to advice.

A You know, maybe you sh o u ld n ’t leave yo u r money in yo u r pocket like that.

В Oh, yeah, I guess. But I d o n ’t have a wallet.
A Why d o n’t you go to th a ts h o p to look fo r a new w allet?

132
 All about home
1 Pair w ork Discuss the questions. Find three ways you’ re alike. Find three ways you’ re different.

1. W hat’s your room like at home? 3. Do you prefer a quiet or a noisy home?
• What do you have on your walls? • When you listen to music, do you use
• Do you have a TV in your room? headphones or speakers?

• Would you like to change your room? • Do you sing along with the music?
What would you change? • Do you leave the TV on when you’ re not
2. Are you neat or messy at home? watching?

• Do you make your bed every morning? 4. Do you o ry o u r family do a “ spring cleaning”

• Do you leave things on top of dressers, tables, and every year?

chairs? Or do you put everything in drawers or a closet? • Who does most of the work?

• Is there a lot of clutter in your house? Whose clutter • What do you do?
is it? 5. Do you have any unusual habits at home?

2 Group w ork Join another pair. Tell them about yourself and your partner.

“Mario and I both have small rooms, but he has posters of his favorite rock band on the wall.
I just have some pictures of my friends and family on my desk. ”

UNITl 4 b
A partm ent hunting
Pair w ork Student B: Read about the apartm ent below. Student A: Read about the apartm ent on
page 131. Take turns asking questions about the two apartm ents. Which one would you like to rent?

В Are there any stores nearby?

A I’m sorry, are there any what? Stores? Let’s see . . . um . . . well, there are. . .

http://www.findyournewhome... m d h

A p a rtm e n t fo r re n t - 1 5 2 5 12 th A ven u e

A partm ent features

2 b e d ro o m s , 1 b a th ro o m , liv in g room w ith sm a ll kitch e n
11th floor, e le v a to r in b u ild in g

A m enities
L a u n d ro m a t on th e corner o f 12th A venue and 15th Street
Pet-care service in b u ild in g
2 4 -h o u r security
Party room
R ooftop pool

Neighborhood
C onve n ie n t lo c a tio n . W ith in w a lk in g d is ta n c e to a large
s h o p p in g m all. M a n y res ta u ra n ts and sh o p s nearby.
C onvenience store across th e s treet from th e b u ild in g .
5 -m in u te w a lk to th e nearest su b w a y s ta tio n .

133
 Free talk

What was happening?

Pair w ork Look at the picture. Bob ju st crashed into a lam ppost. Some other people saw the accident.
What were they doing when it happened? What was Bob doing? Study the picture and try to remember
as many details as possible. Then turn to Free ta lk 9B on page 136.

u n it p v k
ЕЕц Which is better?
P a irw o rk What are the advantages and disadvantages o f the choices below? Which is better?
Give at least three reasons for each choice. Discuss w ith your partner.

Is it better to live in a small Is it m c e rto see a movie

house or a big apartment? on yourTV or on a big
screen in a movie theater?
Is it better to own a
motorcycle or a car?

o - —
Is it more fun to take a vacatior
at the beach or in the city?

A Well, I think it ’s better to own a motorcycle than a car - and it ’s more fun.
В Actually, I agree. It’s also easier to find parking spaces when you have a motorcycle.
A And it’s just cheaper. Cars use more gas.
134
 What’s different?
Pair w ork Student A: These people are at the mall on Saturday m orning. Your partner has a picture of
the same people on Saturday afternoon. In th a t picture, each person is different in two ways. Ask ques­
tio ns to find out w h a t’s different. Where did each person go?

/1 Do you see the woman with the dark hair?

В Yes. Is she wearing a blue dress in your picture?
A Yes, she is. So that’s the same. Does she have a ponytail in your picture?
В No, she doesn’t. Her hair is short. So that’s different.
A I guess she went to the hair salon.

UNITPPS
EEl I might do that.
Pair w ork Write your answers to the questions in the chart. Then compare answers w ith a partner.
Ask questions to find out more inform ation and continue the conversations.

Can you th in k o f . ______ M y answers_______

1. s o m e th in g yo u may do when you get home tonight?

2. someone you’ ll probably see next week?

3. som e th in g y o u m ight do next year?

4. som ething new yo u ’d like to try?

5. a place you m ight visit in the next five years?

6. som e th in g y o u th in k you’ ll do ify o u earn a lot of money?

7. som e th in g y o u m ight do when you retire?

8. s o m e th in g y o u ’ ll probably n e v e rd o in your life?

A OK. So, I may cook myself a nice dinner tonight if I’m not too tired.
В Nice. What do you think you’ll cook?
A Oh, maybe some pasta or something.
В I have a great recipe for pasta. I’ll find it for you.
A All right. Thanks.
И ^Я Я Т1И |
U N IT H H b
What was happening?
1 Pair w o rk How much do you remember about the picture in Free ta lk 9A on page 134?
Discuss the questions w ith a partner. Do you agree on the answers?

1. What was Bob doing when he crashed? 9. What was the man at the flower shop doing?
What did he crash into? 10. What was the man wearing? What did he
2. What else was he doing? shout?
3. What colorwere his sneakers? 11. What were the girls in the cafe doing when
4. What else was he wearing? Bob h it t h e lamppost?

5. Was he wearing a helmet? 12. What were the girls wearing?

6. How many people saw the accident? 13. What was the woman in front of the grocery
store carrying?
7. What was the young boy holding in his hand?
14. What did she do when Bob passed her?
8. What happened when the boy saw the
accident? 15. How many other details can you remember?

A I think he was riding a scooter.

В Actually, I’m pretty sure he was riding a skateboard. OK. What did he crash into?

2 Pair w ork Now look at the picture in Free ta lk 9A again to check your answers.
How many did you get right?

U N IT IM B b

E m What’s different?
Pair w o rk Student B: These people are at the mall on Saturday afternoon. Your partner has
a picture o f the same people on Saturday m orning. In th a t picture, each person is different
in two ways. Ask questions to find out w h a t’ s different. Where did each person go?

A Do you see the woman with the dark hair?

В Yes. Is she wearing a blue dress in your picture?
A Yes, she is. So that’s the same. Does she have a ponytail in your picture?
В No, she doesn’t. Her hair is short. So that’s different.
A I guess she went to the hair salon.

136
UNIT N | 4.31 Listen and repeat the pairs of words. Notice the underlined sounds. Are th e underline d sounds
th e same (S) or different (D)? Write 5 or D.

1. fan / afford 5 4. delicious / s h i r t . 7. he a l^ i / w e a th e r ___

2. stranger / m a jo r _ 5. dog / a lle r g ic __ 8. listen / s a la ry ____

3. o f / have ____ 6. broke / c a t ____ 9. question / quotation

имтичь ф)) 4,32 Listen and repeat th e words. Notice the underlined sounds. Are th e sounds like th e sounds in
jo [n , so u n d , know , puzzle, or ro ck? Write the words from the box in the correct columns below.

1. a bout 3. country 5. folk 7. now 9. program

2. coin 4. enjoy 6. novel 8. pop 10. som ething

jo in sound know p u zzle rock

....
about

UNIT 4 ) 4.33 Listen and repeat th e w ords. Notice the underlined sounds. Are th e sounds like th e sounds in
often, sneeze, fo o d , or stay? W rite th e words from the box in the correct colum ns below.

1. awful. 3. fever 5 . headache 7. meat

2. cough 4. flu 6. lose 8. weight

o fte n sneeze fo o d stay ^

a w fu l

u n it- * 4 ) 4,34 Listen and repeat th e w ords. Notice the underlined sounds. W hich sound in each group is
E i J I different? Circle th e odd one out.

1. cap happy graduate celebration

2. year wear careful there

3. birthday party fireworks anniversary

4. stuff January music reunion

137
 Sounds right ЧмJr . •

u n it » . Ц))) 4,35 Listen and repeat the pairs of words. Notice the underlined sounds. Then circle the word w ith
the same sound.

W hich w o rd has th e sam e sound?^

1. geography and physics pen or fan

2. biology and geometry girl or joke

3. chem istry and orchestra key or chair

4. actually and literature chair or tie

5. grade and degree job or gift

^ $ 4.зе Listen and repeat the words. Notice the underlined sounds. Are the sounds like the sounds in
across, cash, go, or shopping? W rite the words from the box in the correct columns below.

1. aquarium 3. block 5. electronics 7. over

2 . bank 4. cafe 6. machine 8. video

across cash go sh o pping 1

a q u a riu m

U N iT Ц )) 4.37 Listen and repeat the words. Check ( / ) the words th a t have a silent letter /.

1. 0 could 3. □ m ilk 5. О salmon 7. EH silk 9. I I walk

2. П help 4. □ ojd 6. EH should 8. I I talk 10. E H w ould

U N IT 4 .} 4.38 Listen and repeat the words. Notice the underlined sounds. Match the words w ith the same
underlined sounds.

1. jewelrv e a. microwave

2. nightstand b. round

3. oven c. stove

4. shower d. stuff

5. sofa e. suit

138
 ДШ Ш Ш
jrrP "% 4sj) 4,39 Listen and repeat the sentences. Notice the underlined sounds. Check ( / ) the verbs tha t have
an extra syllable and end in / id /.

1. □ I called for help. 4. □ I damaged the car.

2. О I sprained my wrist. 5. Q It happened last week.

3. □ I deleted my photos. 6. □ I waited an hour.

-NITW !4 4J0 Listen and repeat the words. Notice the underlined sounds. Arethe sounds like the sound
see or zero ? Write s or z.

1. always z 5. concert 9. message

2. busy 6. easier 10. nicer

3. business 7. expensive 11. spam

4. calls 8. less 12. worse

Ф)) 4,41 Listen and repeat the words. Notice the underlined sounds. Match the words w ith the same
Nim underlined sounds.

1. corn rows a. beard

2. freckles b. braids

3. mustache c. hair

4. shaved d. brown

5. pierced e. head

6. wear f. m uscular

7. blouse g. short

UNiTgppk ф)) 4.42 Listen and repeat the words. Notice th a t some syllables are weak like the / э / sound in away or
liE A the / э г / sound in dinner. Other syllables are strong, like the syllable sis in assistant. Circle the
stressed (strongest) syllable.

1. as(sTs)tant 3. doctor 5. letter 7. paramedic 9. police

2. carrier 4. journalist 6. officer 8. promotion 10. representative

139
Extra practice ■

Lesson A Present of be and simple present (review)

R em em ber: s im p le p re s e n t
A Complete the questions using the verbs given. Then w rite v e rb s w it h he, sh e , and it end
true answers. in -s.
M y b ro th e r w o rk s p a r t tim e.
1. Are (be) you a full-time student? He s tu d ie s a t n ig h t.
Or_ __y o u _________ (have) a part-time job? (NOT M y b ro th e r w e rk p a r t
tim e. He s tu d y a t n ig h t.)
2. How many brothers and sis te rs _________ y o u _____ (have)?
3. W h a t_____ . (be) your mother’ s first name?
4. W h e re . _ your best fr ie n d _________ (live)? he or s h e . (live) near you?
5. W h a t_ . your best f r ie n d _________ (do)? _ (be) he or she a full-time student?
6. What__ (be) your neighbors like? ______ (be) they friendly?
7. How often ____ y o u _________ (get) English homework?
How lo n g . ________ i t __________(take)?
you and your fr ie n d s _________ (go out) on Saturday nights?
What. .you. (do)?
H ow _ y o u rfa m ily . _____ (spend) Sundays?
you. (get together) for lunch?
10 . .y o u r n e ig h b o r h o o d _________ (have) a nice park?
A bo ut |
you I В Pair w ork Ask and answer the questions above. Ask follow -up questions to keep your
conversation going.

LeSSO n В Responses with too and either

Write responses w ith too or either to agree w ith these statements.

1. sleep late on the weekends. ____________________________

2. do n ’t live near a subway. ____________________________
3. ’ m an only child. ____________________________
4. ’ m not a baseball fan. ____________________________
5. have two brothers. ____________________________
6. can’t stand soap operas. ____________________________
7. love reality shows. ____________________________
can stand on my head. ____________________________

A b o u t! D
you>1 1 » Pair w ork Student A: Make the statem ents above true for you. Student B: Give your own responses.
Then change roles. What do you have in common?

A I don’t sleep late on the weekends.

В I don’t either. I work on Saturdays. D o n ’t use to o to r e s p o n d to
n e g ativ e s ta te m e n ts .
A Me too. So that’s one thing we have in common.
A I d o n ’t h a ve m u c h m oney.
С Group w ork Find three things th a t you all have in common. В I d o n ’t e ith e r.
(NOT I d o n ’t to o .)

140
 Extra practice

U N lT M k
Ш L e s s o n A Verb forms

A Complete the sentences w ith the correct forms of the verbs given. Sometimes there is more
than one correct answer.

1. A Do you l i k e _________ (perform) on stage?

В Yes. I e n jo y _________ (act).
С No, I d o n ’t. I h a t e _________ (do) anything like that in public.

2. A Are you interested i n _________ (learn) to ski?

В Oh, yeah. I’ d l i k e _____________(take) ski lessons.
С No, not really. I p re fe r_________ (stay) indoors in the winter.

3. A Can y o u ___________(dance)?
В Yes, I can. But I h a t e _________ (go) to discos and dance clubs.
С No, I can’t _________ (dance) at all. But I l i k e __________ (watch) dance shows on TV.

4. A Do you e n jo y (go) to the movies?

_

В Yes, I really l i k e ( watch) movies on the big screen.

_

С Yeah? I p re fe r_________ (watch) movies at home.

yo u В Write your own responses to the questions above. Then ask and answer the questions
w ith a partner.
U N IT

L e s s o n В Object pronouns; everybody, nobody

A Write object pronouns where they are necessary in the conversations. Use an o b je c t a fte r like,
Then compare and practice w ith a partner. love, etc.

A d e le is m y fa v o rite sin g e r.
1. A Do you like jazz? I lik e h e r ve ry m uch.
it
(NOT I lik e ve ry m u c h .)
В Yeah, but I d o n ’t listen to very much. Nobody in my fam ily likes.

2. A I really love Miles Davis. He’ s my favorite tru m p e t player. Do you know?
В Yeah. My whole fam ily likes. He has so many albums.
A Yeah, he does. They’ re all good, too. I like.

3. A I have two tickets for the Adele concert. She’ s my favorite singer. Do you want to go with?
В Sure, I’ dlove to go. I love, too.

4. A I d id n ’t know you play the banjo. I’ d like to hear som etim e.

В Well, I have a band. We play in a coffee shop. Come and see on Friday.
A b o u t!
you I В Group w o r k Make guesses a bout your g ro u p ’ s interests and com plete th e sentences. Then read
your sentences to th e group. Are th e y true?

1. E verybody_______________________ 3. N o b o d y ____
2. Everyone_______________________ 4. No o n e ___

A I wrote, “ Everybody in m y group listens to jazz. ” В I d on’t like to listen to it, so th a t’s not true.
141
 Extra practice ,

UN!TE I LeSSOfl A Simple present and present continuous

A Complete the things someone says about g ettin g in shape. Use sim ple present or present
continuous form o f the verbs.

1. My friend and I are tra in in g (train) for a marathon.

I normally take (take) the bus to work, but these D o n ’t co n fu s e th e s im p le p re s e n t
days I _________ (walk) all the way. And my friend and p re s e n t c o n t in u o u s .
_________ (spend) a lot of time at the gym these days. N o rm a lly I w a lk to sch o o l.

2. I u s u a lly _________ (drink) a lot of soda, but right now, (NOT N o rm a lly P m w a lk in g to s c h o o l.)

I _________ (drink) water instead. I ’m e a t i n g a s p e c ia l d ie t th is week.

(NOT I e r t a s p e c ia l d ie t th is week.)
3. This month, w e _________ (get up) early, and I ________
______ (go)
running. But generally we both . (sleep) late on the
weekends.
4. My f r ie n d _________ u s u a lly __________ (not eat) breakfast, but
now h e ___________(have) eggs every morning.
5. I _____ (love) cheesecake, but this month I __________ (not eat) desserts. Our friends
(complain) because w e . (not take) cookies to school right now.
About ■
you (§ В Pair w ork Are any o f the sentences above true for you? What else are you doing d iffe re n tly
these days from what you usually do?

“Actually, I normally take the subway to school. But this week I ’m walking some of the way. ”
UNITIP %
El Lesson В Joining clauses with i f and when
A bo ut I
you I A Join the phrases w ith when or i f to w rite true sentences about yourself.

1. have a fever / take medicine

W h e n I have a fever, I usually take medicine.

2. lie down fo r a while / feel sick

3. get a stomachache / stay in bed

4. have a sore throat / drink hot tea with honey

5. go to the doctor / have a cough

6. take aspirin / have a headache

В Pair w ork What does your partner do in the situations above? Ask and answer questions.

A What do you do if you have a fever?

В If I feel really hot, I put a cold towel on my head.

142
 0E
иы|тb1Л
S LeSSOn A Future with be going to-, indirect objects R e m em b e r th e c o rre ct w o rd
o r d e r in q u e s tio n s .
About Щ
you В A Write questions (Q) w ith be going to. Then w rite your own W h a t a re y o u g o in g to do?
(NOT W h a t y ou a re g o in g to do?)
answers (A), using indirect object pronouns where necessary.

1. w hat / you / give your m other for M other’s Day Q ____________

2. you / g e ty o u r p a r e n ts /s o m e th in g fo r th e ir anniversary Q_

3. you / give your t e a c h e r / a thank-you card at the end of the year Q .

4. how / you / celebrate your birthday this year Q

5. how old / your best friends / be on their next birthdays Q_

6. you / give someone a birthday present this month Q

A b o u t ii
you j В P a irw o rk Ask and answ erth e questions.

A What are you going to give your mother for Mother’s Day?
В I ’m probably going to buy her some flowers and get her a card.
UNITP %
LeSSOn В Present continuous for the future; be going to

A Complete the conversations w ith the correct forms of the verbs. Use the present continuous when
possible. Use be going to when you can’t use the present continuous.

1. A .y o u . __________ (go out) tonight?

В Y e a h , I __________ (take) my girlfriend to the Harbor Grill for din n e r to n ig h t for her birthday.
I ______________ (pick) her up in 30 minutes.
A Wow. That place is fancy. I t ______________ (be) expensive.

В Yeah, but she. (love) it.

2. A you (do) anything interesting tom orrow tonight?

В Actually, yes. I ___________ (meet) some friends at 8 :0 0 to go to a concert.

I t ______________ (be) so much fun.

3. A W e ______________ (play) softball tom orrow. Do you w ant to join us?

В Sure. That sounds like fun. What t i m e ______________ y o u __________________ (get together)?

A W e ______________ (meet) at 11:00, but I heard i t ______________ (rain).

4. A Some of my classm ates______________ (have) a party tom orrow night. Do you want to come?
В Actually, I probably can’t make it. I ______________ (work) tom orrow from 5:00 to 10:00, and after
th a t I th in k I (be) too tired.
About Ц
you I f В Pair w ork Ask and answer the questions above. Give your own answers.
143
 Extra practice

Lesson A b e b o rn ; s im p le p a s t (review); tim e e x p re s s io n s

A Complete th e conversations. Use th e sim ple past form o f the verbs given and com plete the
tim e expressions.

1. A W h e r e _________ y o u __________(grow up)?

В I _________ (grow up) in the Boston area. I __________ (live) t h e r e __________ 1 9 9 0 __________
1999. But I _________ (not / be born) there.

A Oh, really? W h e r e _________ y o u __________(be born)?

В Actually, I _________ (be born) in Atlanta. I ___________________________ (go) to school t h e r e _____five o

sixyears.

2. A _________ y o u __________(take) any music lessons when you were a kid?

В Yeah, I _________ (take) piano le s s o n s __________ seven y e a r s ,__________I was fifteen.

A Really? So, do you still play?

В Yeah. Actually, I _________ (play) in a concert a few m o n t h s __________ . And I __________ (give)
a c o n c e rt_________ May, too.

3. A _________ y o u __________ (enjoy) school when you were young?

В Yeah. Well, I _________ (like) i t __________ I was about e le v e n ._______ the w ork
_________ (get) difficult. So I __________ (have) a t u t o r __________ I ___ ___ (start)
m iddle school. S h e _________ (be) nice.

Ab^ l В Pair w o r k Ask and answ er th e question s above. Give your own answers
U N IT |p %

1 Ш Lesson В D e te rm in e rs

A Maria is stu d y in g English in a college in the United States. She compared the high school
experiences o f her current classm ates w ith th e experiences of students in her hom e country.
Circle th e correct determ iners.

1. In M aria’s home country,(all)/ all o f / none high school students take English. In her current class,
(all o f)/ some / a few the students took English in high school.
2. No / M ost / Some o f Maria’ s current classmates were interested in English in high school.
In her home country, a few o f / m ost / none o f students are interested in English, and
a few o f / m ost o f / some students are not.
3. Some / Some o f / M ost her classmates in the U.S. got good grades in English in high school, but
a few / m ost / some o f them d id n ’t. In her home country, m ost / some of / a lot students get good
grades in English.
4. In her home country, a few / some o f / none o f students study languages other than English, but
no / none o f / none her classmates did.

В Write four sentences a bout language lea rn in g in your country. Write a bout people in general and
your own classmates. Then compare w ith a partner.

A l l s tu d e n ts in h ig h s c h o o l ta k e E n g lis h here.
I th in k m o s t o f th e s tu d e n ts in m y class a re in te re s te d in E n g lis h because . . .

144
 Extra practice
4th Ave.

Star Fitness Cafe Pedro's Art

Columbus Johnson's
Milano Mexican Museum
Bank Furniture
Wright's
Department
Delta Store Sushi Post Shoes SUBWAY Jimmy's
Cinema Fujiyama Office Galore Deli

CO
3 rd Ave. 2
ш
m 24-Hour <5
a Estrella Aii-Rex Zippy's
Ladies'
Bell Street
Hotel
Drugs Cameras & j Public Library Convenience
Store
a
Fashions Electronics
Lucky
The Blue Dragon Lorenzo's Albinoni's Taj Mahal
Joe's Parking Supermarket Indian
Room Chinese Italian
Cafe Lot Restaurant
Jazz Club Restaurant Restaurant a

2nd Ave. P:Wrl

UN,TH LeSSOn A Is there?Are there?; location expressions

A Look at the map. Circle the correct expressions to complete the sentences.
A Excuse me. Are there any / Is there an ATMs around here?
В Hmm . . . there aren’t any / one / some on this street, but there are any / one / some on
4th Avenue, across from / in fro nt o f the bank. There’ s also any / one / some just
inside / on A lb in o n i’ s Supermarket.
A And are there any / is there a good restaurants around here?
В Oh, yeah. There are any / one / some on 2nd Avenue. And th e re ’s a good sushi place
between / on the corner of Bell Street and Market Street. It’s right across from / behind
R ichman’ s Jewelry.
A OK, thanks. Oh, and are there any / is there a parking lot there?
В Actually, no. There isn’t any / one / some there, but there is any / one / some right
behind / next to the Bell Street Hotel. The entrance is next to / on 2nd Avenue.

A b o u t!
you j В P airw o rk Now ask and answer questions about these places in your neighborhoods.
a bank good bookstores nice cafes a movie theater a post office
uN|T| - b
Ш Зк LeSSO n В Offers and requests with Can and Could

A Look at the map again. Some people are asking the concierge at the Bell Street Hotel for directions.
Complete the questions w ith Can or Could, and w rite directions for each person.

1. A Can / Could you give me directions to the art museum?

В Sure. Just go out of the hotel, a n d ___________________________________________________________.

2. A I help you?
В Yes.. ____ you tell me how to get to the subway station? Is it far from here?
A Uh, it’s not far. W alk,

3. A .you recommend a good restaurant near here?

В Well, there’ s a good Indian restaurant on Garfield Street. Go
About |
you I В Pair w ork Take turns asking for and giving directions to places in the neighborhood you are in.
145
UN.m
Lesson A Infinitives for reasons; It ’s + adjective + t o . . .

A Correct the conversations. Pay attention to in fin itive s for reasons and It’s / I s it + adjective + to.
to
1. A Do you ever go online buy train or bus tickets?
4
В Well, I buy train tickets online because expensive buy them at the train station.

2. A Do you use a credit card or a d e b it card pay for things online?

В A de b it card. I’ m only 17, and is ju st not possible get a credit card at my age.

3. A Do you have to travel far visit your family?

В Well, my grandparents live a bout three hours away. So we take the bus go and see them.
It’s a long trip, but th a t’s OK. I th in k is im p o rta n t see your family.

4. A Do you th in k i t’ s fun travel alone?

В It depends. I guess it nice have a friend with you when you go sightseeing.

5. A Is easy to get around in your town?

В It’s pretty easy. You can take the subway get to most places. It’s fast and cheap.

6. A What do you do on the weekends relax?

В I like to go to the beach go w indsurfing.
A bo ut 1
you j В Write your own answers to the questions. Then ask and answer the questions
w ith a partner.
UN,m
Lesson В Advice and suggestions
Do n o t leave o u t to a fte r need.

You n e e d to ta k e a to o th b ru s h .
(NOT You n e e d take a . . . )
A Circle the correct words to complete the conversations.
Then compare w ith a partner. Do you agree w ith the advice?

1. A I have to fly on Friday, but I have a cold. What I should / should I do?
В Well, you probably s h o u ld n ’t go / to go to work. Just stay / staying home and d o n ’t
go / to go out. And d o n ’t forget take / to take some cold m edicine on the plane with you.

2. A I’ m going cam ping next weekend. Should I take / to take insect repellent?
В Oh, you defin ite ly need have / to have some this tim e of year. It’ s probably
good idea / a good idea to take some shirts with long sleeves, too. And why
don’t you / you don’t take som e th in g for bites in your first-aid kit?

3. A We’ re going to the beach next w eekend. What need / should I take with me?
В Well, you should take / taking an umbrella. It gets hot. And you probably need pack / to pack a
picnic. The cafes are expensive. And do you want / do you want to take a volleyball? It’s fun to
play volleyball on the beach.

About j
you j В Pair w ork W rite two o f your own suggestions for each question above. Take turns asking the
questions and m aking suggestions.

146
 . Extra practice

UNITl f >
ILLm Lesson A W hose . .. ?; Possessive pronouns

Complete the questions w ith w hose and a verb. Then complete the conversation w ith possessive
pronouns. Practice w ith a partner.

1. Teacher I can hear a cell phone! Uh. whose phone. is it?

S tu d e n t Oh, I’ m really sorry. It’ s m ine .. Sorry. I just turned it off.

2. Teacher I th in k someone left a b a c k p a c k .. ____ b a c k p a c k __________ u n d e r th a t chair?

S tu d e n t Um, Mario has a backpack like that. I t h i n k i t ’ s.

3. Teacher Two people forgot to write th e ir names on the te s t __________ tests these?
S tu d e n t Let’ s see. That looks like Angela’ s handw riting. It’ s probably, . Oh, and
th a t ’ s __________ Sorry I forgot to put my name on it.

4. Teacher found these glasses last week after c la s s .. . glasses _ they?

S tu d e n t Well, M anuel usually wears glasses in class. Maybe th e y ’ r e .
Teacher Excuse me, M anuel. I th in k these a r e __________

5. Teacher . science project. .this? Does anyone know?

S tu d e n t Oh, it’ s Dana and Pam’ s. Well, I th in k it ’s . Q B B k ____ _
Use one fo r a s in g u la r noun and
uNiTm LeSSOn В Order of adjectives; pronouns one and ones
ones fo r a p lu ra l no u n.

I w a n t to b u y a n e w c e ll p h o ne .
W hich o n e s h o u ld I g e t?
Complete these conversations w ith the pronouns one or ones. (NOT W hich o n e s s h o u ld I g e t?)
Unscramble the last sentences. Then practice w ith a partner.

1. A I need to buy a new w ater bottle. Should I buy a p la s tic _____ or a m e t a l.

В You can get some really c o o l__________ get / You / metal / nice / should / a / one

2. A I th in k shoes are expensive. Maybe because I always buy expensive le a th e r________

В I know a great d iscount store, shoes / leather / buy / inexpensive / You / can / there

3. A You needed a new tablet cover, right? Did you find a nice
В Uh-huh. red / one / found / plastic / I / a / pretty

4. A I need new pants f o r t h e winter. W h i c h _________ should I buy? Some w ool pants o r th o s e cotton
_______ ?
В Well, w ool is nice, get / You / some / pants / should / w ool / black

5. A What kind of rug did you buy fo r y o u r bedroom? A T u r k is h _________ ?

В Actually, I decided to buy som ething different, beautiful / 1/ a / Indian / rug / bought / little

147
W iT W \
l i i Lesson A Past continuous statements

A Complete th e sentences w ith th e past continuo us or th e s im ple past. Compare w ith a partner.

1. I was in class last week, and the teacher was e xplainin g (explain) something, and I just
____ fe ll (fall) asleep. When I ___________ (wake up), I realized that everyone____________(look)
at me.
2. Yesterday I ___________ (walk) down the street, and I ___________ (text) a friend when
I ___________ (walk) right into a lamppost. I guess I ___________ (not pay) attention.
3. My sister and her h u s b a n d __________ (carry) some dishes into the kitchen when they both
___________ (trip) over a rug. T h e y ___________ (drop) a n d ___________ (break) all their new dishes!
4. Last week a friend of m in e ___________ (invite) me over for dinner. In the afternoon, when
s h e ___________ (cook), s h e ___________ (pick up) a heavy pot a n d ___________ (hurt) her back.
When I ___________ (arrive), s h e ___________ (lie) on the sofa, so I ___________ (make) dinner for us!
5. The other day, a friend and I were at my house. W e ___________ (not / do) anything special, so
I ___________ (say), “ Come on. Let’s go out for coffee. It’ s on me.” While I ___________ (wait) in line to
order, I ___________ (realize) I d id n ’t have my wallet. So my f r ie n d ___________ (pay) for everything.
I was really embarrassed.

Abyuu 1 В Choose tw o o f the s itu a tio n s above and rewrite them w ith your own in fo rm a tio n .

I was in class la st week, a n d m y frie n d was sending a te xt when the teacher asked him a question.

UN'T| 5 \
Lesson В Past c o n tin u o u s q u e s tio n s ; re fle x iv e p r o n o u n s Use th e p a s t c o n t in u o u s ,
n o t t h e s im p le past, fo r
A Complete the question s in th e conversations and add reflexive lo n g e r a c tio n s.

pronouns. Practice w ith a partner. W hen I w as m a k in g d in n e r,

a fr ie n d ca lle d .
1. A I accidentally burned m yself when I was cooking dinner. (NOT When I m a d e d in n e r,
a fr ie n d ca lle d .)
В Oh. no! What were y o u m a k in g (make)?
A I was making a vegetable curry.

2. A My sister h u r t ______________ at the gym last night. She sprained her ankle.
В That’s too b a d ________________ (do) aerobics?
A No, she was d o in g y o g a . I guess you can h u r t ______________ i f y o u ’ re not careful.

3. A Was there anyone fun at the party last night? I mean, w h o ______________ (talk) to?
В Oh, this really boring guy. He talked a b o u t ______________ the w hole tim e. I d id n ’t talk
a b o u t ______________ once!

4. A When I got home last night, my kids were arguing.

В Really? W h a t ______________ (fight) about?
A Who should do the dishes. I ju st c an’t leave them b y _______________

5. A There was a lot of noise when I called you last night. W h a t _________ (do)?
В Last night? I was having din n e r w ith some friends at a restaurant. We were really
e n jo y in g _______________

В P a ir w o r k Think of s itu a tio n s like th e ones above. Tell a partner w h a t happened.

“ I accidentally burned m yself when I was camping la st sum m er.”

148
UN,T!T\
Ш Lesson A Comparative adjectives

A Complete these questions w ith the comparative forms of the adjectives ( f = more; | = less).
Compare w ith a partner. Then w rite an answer for each question.

In your opinion . . .

1. Which is less expensive (expensive I ) , an e-reader or a tablet?

A n e-reader is less expensive th a n a tablet, b u t a ta b le t is m ore useful.
2. Is i t ______________ (easy f ) to read an e-book or a regular book outside?

3. Which i s _____________ (useful I ) , a cell phone or a tablet?

4. Is i t ______________ (difficult I ) to write an email on a laptop or on a smartphone?

5. Which i s _____________ ( n i c e f ) fo rp e rso n a l messages, email o r a social network?

6. Is i t ______________ (bad j ) to lose your laptop o ry o u r phone?

7. Is i t ____________ (good f ) to hold your cell phone or use an earpiece when you call someone?

8. Why are phone calls b e c o m in g ____ ( p o p u l a r ! ) than text messages?

Abyou| В Pair w ork Take turns asking and answering the questions. Give reasons for your opinions,

имтриь
Км 4 LeSSOn В More, less, fewer Use th a n a fte r a c o m p a r a tiv e , n o t
th a t or th e n .
A Complete the sentences w ith m ore, less, or few er. Texting is q u ic k e r th a n c a llin g .
Then compare w ith a partner. ^(NOT Texting is q u ic k e r th a t c a llin g .)^

1. I’ m spending less time on my social network these days

because I’m very busy at work.
2. I’ m g e ttin g _________ exercise now because I’ m walking home from work every day.
3. My friends and I text each oth e rve ry late at night, so I’ m s le e p in g _________ than I should.
4. My friends prefer texting to email, so they’ re sending m e _________ email messages these days.
5. I d o n ’t have much tim e to cook, so I’ m eating o u t _________ than I did before.
6. I don’t like big groups. I enjoy myself_________ when I have dinner with just one or two close friends.
7. I feel a bit shy in groups. I usually t a l k _________ than other people.
8. In my family, w e’ re watching TV_________ together because w e’ re all spending m o r e a n d m o r e tim e
on our laptops.
9. I’ m b u y in g _________ newspapers now because I’ m getting my news online.

you J§ в Pair w ork Are the sentences above true for you? Discuss w ith your partner.

“ I th in k I’m spending more tim e on my social netw ork these days. I have more and more friends -
a ro u n d 500 now .”
149
- m LeSSO n A Describing people; have g o t
About
you Write questions for the answers. Practice w ith a partner. Then ask Do n o t use lo o k lik e before
an a d je c tiv e .
and answer the questions, g iv in g yo u r own inform ation.
He lo o k s tire d .
1. A ______________________________ , your m other or your father? (NOT He i o o ks lik e tire d .)

I th in k I look more like my mother.

2. A

В My fath e r’ s hair is dark brown.

3. A ______________________________

В No, she d o e s n ’t. She’s got very straight hair.

4. A ____________________________________________

В My mother? She’s about one meter seventy-five (five foot seven).

5. A __________________________________________________________________
В My best friend? He’s tall and thin, and he’s got curly black hair.

6. A ______________________________________________________________________

В No, we d o n ’t lo o k a lik e . My friend is a lot taller than I am.

LeSSOfl В Phrases with the verb + -ing and prepositions

A Someone is asking questions about the people in the photo. Unscramble

the sentences. Label the people. Then practice w ith a partner.

1. A the / with / the / blond hair / tall / w h o ’ s / guy

__________________________________________ ?
В That’ s Adrian. He’s a bout six foot four.

2. A woman / w h o ’ s / standing / the / him / next to

__________________________________________ ?
В Angela. She’s in my math class.

3. A w earing / the / wom an / yellow / the / top / blond / w h o ’s

В That’ s Abby. She’ s a good friend of Daniel’ s.

4. A Daniel? Is he in the picture?

В Yeah, the / he’s / shaved head / guy / with / the

5. A Is your friend Gina in the picture? Which one is she?

В top / the / in / she’ s / orange / woman / the

В P a irw o rk Ask and answer questions about the people in the photo.
“ Which one is Adrian?” “ Who’s the woman wearing the orange top?”
150
 Extra practice

uN
im Lesson A Future with will, may, and m ight
D o n ’t use th e s im p le
A Read the questions about future plans and choose the p re s e n t in s te a d o f w ill +
ve rb fo r p re d ic tio n s .
best options in the answers. Then practice w ith a partner.
I d o n ’t th in k i t w ill ra in .
1. A Are you going to the beach on Saturday? (NOT I d o n ’t th in k i t w in s .)

В Probably not. It looks like it ’ ll rain / it rains all weekend.

2. A Do you have plans to move to a new apartment?

В Actually, I’ ll move / I’ m m oving next week - I just found a new place!

3. A Are you going to take another English course next semester?

В I’ m not sure. I m ig h t not / I w on’t have enough time.

4. A How are you going to celebrate your next birthday?

В Well, I’ ll be / 1 may be 30 on my next birthday, but I d o n ’t th in k I’ ll / 1 may do
anything special.

5. A Do you th in k y o u ’ ll travel abroad in the next couple of years?

В I d o n ’t know. Maybe I’ ll go / 1go to Spain to learn Spanish.

6. A Do you t h i n k y o u ’ ll be rich someday?

В , No. I know I w o n ’t / 1 may not be rich because I’ m not very good with money.

A bo ut 1
you I В Pair w ork Ask and answer the questions. Give your own inform ation.

uN
,m Lesson В Present tense verbs with future meaning
D o n ’t use w ill a fte r if, w hen,
A Choose the best expressions to complete these questions. b e fo re , and a fte r to refer to
Then compare w ith a partner. t h e future .

W hen I g ra d u a te , I ’ll lo o k fo r
1. Are you going to do anything interesting after class w ill be / is a jo b .
over today? (NOT When I w ill g ra d u a te ,
I ’ll lo o k fo r a jo b .)
2. Afteryou w ill eat / eat dinner tonight, are you g o in g to do any work?
3. What do you t h in k y o u ’ ll do / you do before you go to bed tonight?
4. If you don’t / w on’t fall asleep right away, do you t h in k y o u ’ ll read
for a while?
5. W hat’s the first th in g you’ re going to do when you’ ll get up / you get up tom orrow morning?
6. Are you going to exercise tom orrow before you’ ll have / you have breakfast?
7. If it doesn’t / w on’t rain tomorrow, do you t h in k y o u ’ ll go running or go for a walk?
8. Are you going to meet your friends tom orrow when you get out / w ill get out of class?
9. If you don’t / w on’t have tim e to eat breakfast at home tomorrow, will you have an early lunch?
10. If you w ill go out / go out this weekend, where w ill you go?

About j
you I В Pair w ork Ask and answer the questions. What do you have in common?

151
A Illustration credits
Harry Briggs: 27, 79, 95,100,101,134 Bunky Hurter: 10, 20, 30, 42, 52, 62 (bottom ), 74, 84, 9 4,106,116,126 Cambridge University Press: 47 (bottom left border), 55,
66 (top rig h t), 94 (top) Kim Johnson: 25, 81, 91,128,132 Scott Macneil: 18, 54, 56, 60, 62 (top), 145 Frank Montagna: 28,124,135,136 Q2A studio artists: 69, 86,
111,120 Gavin Reece: 31, 87,103,121 Lucy Truman: 4, 89, 9 6,1 08 ,1 2 7

Photography credits
Back cover: © vo va n /S h utte rsto ck 16,17, 58, 59, 80, 90, 9 1,1 0 2 ,1 0 3 ,1 2 2 ,1 2 3 ©Cam bridge University Press 6, 7, 26, 27, 34, 38, 39, 44, 48, 49, 70, 71, 76,112,113
©Frank Veronsky viii (left) ©Rich Legg/Getty Images/RF; (right) ©Im age Source/SuperStock 1 (clockwise from top left) ©Corbis/SuperStock; ©Asia Images/
SuperStock; ©Jesse W ild/Total Guitar m agazine/Getty Images; © Thinkstock 2 © AsiaPix/SuperStock 3 © T hinkstock 5 (left to rig h t) © B lue Jean Images/
SuperStock; (tv) © P akhnyushcha/Shutterstock; (news) © H eather Wines/CBS via Getty Images; © F lirt/S uperS tock; ©G oodM ood P hoto /isto ckph o to 7 (bottom )
© kristia n se kulic/isto ckp ho to 8 (left) ©Steve D ebenport/istockphoto; (right) © Thinkstock 9 ©Chris Pecoraro/istockphoto 11 (top row, left to righ t)
© p h o to vid e o sto ck/isto ckp h o to ; ©Nadya Lukic/isto ckp h oto ; © Y inY ang/istockphoto (bottom row, left to righ t) © A lberto Pom ares/istockphoto; ©Ken Babione/
istockphoto; © T hinkstock; (tablet) © L_am ica/S hutterstock 12 ©Don Bayley/Getty Images/RF; (background) ©Feng Yu/Shutterstock 14 (top row, left to righ t)
©Kevin M azur/W irelm age/G etty Images; ©Kevin M azur/W irelm age/G etty Images; ©George Pim entel/W irelm age/G etty Images; ©Lucas Jackson/Reuters/Corbis
(bottom row, le ft to righ t) © H andout/W irelm age/G etty Images; ©Roberta Parkin/Redferns via Getty Images; © D avid R edfern/Redferns/Getty Images; ©TIZIANA FABI/
AFP/Getty Images 15 ©D ougal Waters Photography Ltd/G etty Images/RF 17 (bottom, left to rig h t) ©Casey M cNam ara/Getty Images; ©C harlie Neuman/ZUMA Press/
Corbis; © Exactostock/SuperStock; ©Thomas T rotscher/istockphoto 18 (top to bottom ) ©Tyler O lson/S hutterstock; © n im u 19 5 6/isto ckph o to 19 © R idofranz/
istockphoto 21 (clockwise from top left) © Alex Brosa/Getty Images; ©Design Pics/SuperStock; ©Chris Schm idt/G etty Images; © B e lind a Images/SuperStock;
© N icolas M cC om ber/istockphoto; ©Cultura Lim ited/SuperStock 22 (top row, le ft to rig h t) ©Jamie C arroll/istockphoto; © F otolia; © T hinkstock (bottom row, left to
rig h t) © d ig ita ls k ille t/is to c k p h o to ; © T hinkstock; ©Asia Im ages/SuperStock; (background) © N a tu tik/S h u tte rsto ck 23 ©Elena Ray/Shutterstock 24 (top row, le ft to
righ t) ©age fotostock/SuperStock; © B BOISSONNET/BSIP/SuperStock; ©MAY/BSIP/SuperStock; © la flo r/is to c k p h o to (bottom row, le ft to rig h t) © B lend Images/
SuperStock; ©Jens Koenig/Getty Images; © flyflo o r/G e tty Images; ©Science Photo Library/SuperStock 25 ©DEX IMAGE/Getty Images/RF 29 (top row, left to right)
© T hinkstock; © T hinkstock; ©age fotostock/SuperStock; ©Alexander F o rtelny/istockphoto; (m iddle, a ll photos) © T hinkstock; (bottom, le ft to rig h t) © Thinkstock;
© S ilvia Jansen/istockphoto 33 (clockwise from top left) © T hinkstock; ©Im age Source/Getty Images; ©SuperStock; ©Cultura Lim ited/SuperS tock; ©Andres
R odriguez/SuperFusion/SuperStock; © C usp/SuperStock 35 ©age fotostock/S uperStock 36 (top row, left to rig h t) © Thinkstock; © D onna C olem an/istockphoto;
© B lue Jean Im ages/SuperStock (bottom row, left to rig h t) © b ik e rid e rlo n do n /S h u tterstock; © E xactostock/SuperStock; © B urke/T riolo Productions/G etty Images
37 © h a n ib a ram /isto ckph o to 39 (bottom, le ft to righ t) ©C harlie Neuman/ZUMA Press/Corbis; ©C hristophe Boisvieux/C orbis 40 (le ftto righ t) ©AP Photo/Larry
Crowe; ©Benjam in Loo/istockphoto; ©Jupiterim ages/G etty Images/RF; (background) © P aprika/S hutterstock 41 (background) © D evor/S hutterstock
42 (notebook background) ©Elena Schw eitzer/Shutterstock 43 (clockwise from top left) ©age fotostock/S uperStock; ©LEMOINE/BSIP/SuperStock; © Blend Images/
SuperStock; ©Fancy Collection/SuperS tock 46 (top row, le ftto rig h t) ©Nancy Louie /isto ckph o to ; ©Fancy C ollection/SuperStock; (bottom row, le ftto right)
© Juanm onino/istockphoto; ©Fancy C ollection/SuperStock 47 (top row, le ftto rig h t) © P icsfive/S hutterstock; © dafne/S hutterstock; © T hinkstock (bottom row, le ftto
righ t) © h h 5 80 0 /isto ckp ho to ; ©Christopher Futcher/istockphoto; ©Thinkstock 49 (bottom) ©Cusp/SuperStock 50 ©Ron Levine/Getty Images 51 ©Thinkstock
53 (clockwise from top righ t) © Jupiterim ages/Thinkstock; © E xactostock/SuperStock; ©age fotostock/S uperS tock; © H enry Westheim Photography/Alam y
57 ©Thinkstock 59 (bottom) ©Ivan S olis/istockphoto 60 (top to bottom ) ©Thinkstock; ©Reimar Gaertner/age fotostock/SuperStock; (background) © Thinkstock
61 (top to bottom ) ©GUIZIOU Franck/hem i/H em is.fr/SuperStock; © freesou lp ro d uctio n /S h u tte rsto ck 63 © im agebroker.net/SuperS tock 65 (clockwise from top left)
© G low Images - 40260.com /SuperStock; ©Thomas Sztanek/Purestock/SuperStock; ©Fancy C ollection/SuperS tock; © M askot/G etty Images 66 ©W endy Carter/
istockphoto 67 ©Beyond/SuperStock 68 (bathing suit) © sagir/S h utte rsto ck; (sandals) ©Shevel A rtur/S hutterstock; (towel) © M ike Flippo/S hutterstock; (cooler)
© D anny E H ooks/S hutterstock; (hat) © w ind u /S h u tte rstock; (mp3 player) © T hinkstock; (sunglasses) ©Uros Zunic/Shutterstock; (insectrepellent) ©andrea crisante/
Shutterstock; (tent) © treka n d sho o t/S hu tte rsto ck; (GPS) © Thinkstock; (camera) © C hiyacat/Shutterstock; (scissors) ©Phakkaphon Juaw anich/Shutterstock; (sleeping
bag) © M a rk H erreid/Shutterstock; (first-a id kit) © Alan C raw ford/istockphoto; (pajamas) © S u ljo /is to c k p h o to ; (tablet computer) © S a sh kin/S hu tte rsto ck; (flashlight)
© A rtur M arfin/S hutterstock; (batteries) © g re ko ff/S hu tte rsto ck; (charger) © zirconicusso/S hutterstock; (e-reader) © Z iva_K /istockphoto; (brush) ©Fom aA/
Shutterstock; (h a ird rye r) © N o rd lin g/S hu tte rsto ck; (makeup) ©Sergiy Kuzm in/S hutterstock; (shampoo) ©Alex011973/Shutterstock; (soap) ©R obert Red/S hutterstock;
(razor) © Lusoim ages/S hutterstock; (toothpaste) ©Kenneth C. Z irke l/istockp h o to ; (toothbrush) ©George D olgikh/S hutterstock; (sunscreen) ©Africa S tudio/
Shutterstock 71 (bottom ) © Exactostock/SuperStock 72 (top to bottom ) © Fotostudio Jaap Woets; ©EcoCamp Patagonia; ©The Safari C ollection; (tablet) © L_am ica/
Shutterstock 73 (top row, le ftto rig h t) ©Hugh Rooney/Eye U biquitous/C orbis; © D erek Croucher/Getty Images; © im agebroker.net/S uperS tock (bottom ) ©Fotolia;
(background) © N ik M erkulov/S hutterstock 75 (clockwise from top rig h t) ©Lisa F. Y oung/istockphoto; © D igita l V ision/Thinkstock; ©Lucas A llen/C orbis; © Sheltered
Im ages/SuperStock 77 © p e e p o /isto ckp h o to 78 (clockwise from top left) ©Thinkstock; © T hinkstock; ©Frank S h o rt/lsto ckp ho to ; ©Elena Elisseeva/
Shutterstock 82 ©Don Farrall/Getty Images 83 (top row, le ftto righ t) ©H ans Laubel/istockphoto; (news) ©John Paul Filo/CBS vis Getty Images; ©George Doyle/
Thinkstock; ©Tatyana N yshko/istockphoto; ©R elaXim ages/SuperStock; (bottom row, le ftto rig h t) © m oodboard/S uperS tock; ©Stephen C hiang/Getty Images; ©Im age
Source/SuperStock; © Artazum /S hutterstock 84 (le ftto rig h t) ©Ramsey B lacklock/istockphoto; © S hutterW orx/istockphoto; ©Sawayasu T su ji/istockphoto;
©Yenwen Lu/istockphoto 85 (clockwise from top rig h t) ©Paula C onnelly/istockphoto; © Exactostock/SuperStock; © Exactostock/SuperStock; ©Tom England/
istockphoto 86 (top to bottom ) © Thinkstock; © T hinkstock; © M aria Teijeiro/Thinkstock 8 8 (main photo) © E xactostock/SuperStock; (top to bottom ) © K asiap/
Shutterstock; © T hinkstock; © Thinkstock; ©Levent Konuk/S hutterstock; © w avebreakm edia/S hutterstock 92 (clockwise from top left) © T hinkstock; © Thinkstock;
©Jupiterim ages/Thinkstock; © S tockbyte/Thinkstock 97 (clockwise from top left) © H ocus Focus S tu d io/istockp h o to ; © Exactostock/SuperStock; © R adius/
SuperStock; © B lend Im ages/SuperStock; © Exactostock/SuperStock; (inset) © S helly Perry/istockphoto 98 (top row, le ftto righ t) ©Jon Feingersh/MediaBakery;
©SZE FEI W O NG /istockphoto; © la flo r/is to c k p h o to ; (bottom row, le ftto rig h t) ©George D oyle/Thinkstock; (inset) © E xactostock/SuperStock; ©BananaStock/
Thinkstock 104 (tablet) © L_am ica/S hutterstock 107 © Steve D ebenport/istockphoto 110 (top row, le ftto righ t) ©G oldm und Lukic/istockphoto; © M ichael
B odm ann/istockphoto; © la flo r/is to c k p h o to ; ©Fancy C ollection/SuperS tock; (m iddle row, left to righ t) ©Junko Yokoyama/Getty Images; © S anjay D eva/istockphoto;
©James W oodson/Thinkstock; ©Am os M organ/Thinkstock; (bottom row, le ftto rig h t) ©Jamie C hoy/istockphoto; © w ra n g e l/isto ckph o to ; © Exactostock/SuperStock;
©Fancy C ollection/SuperStock 112 (bottom ) ©Jim Barber/S hutterstock 113 (bottom, le ftto rig h t) © v ip fla sh/S hu tte rsto ck; ©Leonard A dam /G etty Images;
© V en tu re lli/G e tty Images for P&G Prestige; © H enry S. Dziekan Ill/G e tty Images; © s_ b ukley/S hutterstock; ©Francois D urand/Getty Images 114 (top to bottom )
© T hinkstock; © se lim a ksa n /isto ckph o to ; ©Todd Smith istockphoto; ©AlexKol Photography/S hutterstock; © co lo ro ftim e /is to c k p h o to ; ©sam lO O /Shutterstock;
©Radu R azvan/istockphoto 117 (clockwise from top righ t) © W estend61/SuperStock; ©W estend61/SuperStock; ©Fancy C ollection/SuperStock; © O cean/
Corbis 118 (clockwise from top rig h t) © C hristopher Futcher/istockphoto; © T hinkstock; ©Juergen B osse/istockphoto; © T hinkstock; ©YinYang/istockphoto
123 (bottom ) ©Yong Hian Lim /istockp h o to 124 (background) ©URRRA/Shutterstock 129 (le ftto righ t) © B elinda Im ages/SuperStock; © T hinkstock; ©YinYang/
istockphoto 130 ©Elena K alistratova/istockphoto 131 ©Aleksandrs G orins/istockphoto 133 © O leg Z a bielin/S hutterstock 134 (top row, le ftto righ t) © ew g3D /
istockphoto; © H enrik Jonsson/istockphoto; © Linda Johnsonbaugh/istockphoto; © zveiger a lexandre/istockphoto; © D rG rounds/istockphoto; ©Rich Legg/
istockphoto; (bottom row, left to rig h t) ©Yulia P opkova/istockphoto; ©Jon Arnold/Jon Arnold Im ages/SuperStock; ©LEMOINE/BSIP/SuperStock; © S tockbroker/
SuperStock 150 © m ich a eljun g /S h u tte rsto ck

A Text credits
While every effort has been made, it has not always been possible to ide n tify the sources of all the materials used, or to trace the copyright holders. If any
om issions are brought to our notice, we w ill be happy to include the appropriate acknowledgem ents on reprinting.
50 Interview used w ith permission o f Joseph Hodgson.

ЗНБДВГУ
Irre g u la r verbs
Base form Simple past g Щ Base form Simple past
be w as w ere lie lay
becom e b ecam e lose lo st
b e g in began m ake m ade
break broke m ean meant
bring brought m eet met
build built pay paid
buy bought put put
catch cau g h t read read
choose chose r id e ro d e
com e cam e ring ran g
cost cost run ran
cut cut say said
do d id see saw
d ra w d re w sell s o ld
drink d rank send sent
drive d ro ve shut shut
eat a te s in g sang
fall fell sit sat
fe e l f e lt s le e p s le p t
find fou nd speak sp o k e
fo rg e t fo rg o t spend spent
get g ot stand stood
g iv e gave ste a l s to le
go w ent sw im swam
gro w g re w take took
have had teach ta u g h t
hear h e a rd te ll to ld
hit hit th in k thought
h o ld h e ld th ro w th re w
hurt hurt understand und ersto o d
ke ep ke p t wear w ore
kno w knew w in won
le ave le ft w rite w ro te
lend lent
 TOUCHS
Touchstone is an innovative four-level series for adults and young adults,
taking students from beginning to intermediate levels (CEFR: A1 - B2).
Based on research into the Cambridge English Corpus, Touchstone
Beginning teaches English as it is really used. It presents natural language in
authentic contexts, and explicitly develops conversation strategies
so learners speak with fluency and confidence.
iU U C tw n f tN t

New in the Second Edition

* Extra grammar practice focuses on key gram m ar points in each unit.
® Can-do statements help students understand the learning o utcom es o f each
lesson and rate their own perform ance.
High Beginning
* Common error information from the C am bridge Learner C orpus helps students
avoid m aking basic errors.
* Sounds right activities provide regular pronunciation practice and enable students
STt'DFN'i to speak w ith confidence.

For Students
Low Interm ediate
S tu d e n t’s Book
W o rkb o ok -
print and online
TOUCHSWNt

Touchstone Blended Learning

53==,— ——35/ * M axim um fle xib ility fo r students and te a c h e rs -
, lessons can be done in class or online

Ш
interm ediate
Jpg; • A utom ated grading and progress tracking

VlE W flSlN T J • Includes games, animated gram m ar presentations,

STUDENT’S BOOK,
~ - - online com m unication activities and more
Find o ut more:
w w w .ca m b ridg e .o rg /to u ch sto n eb le n de d

www.cambridge.org/touchstone2
High Interm ediate

CAM BRIDGE ENGLISH CORPUS

The Cambridge English Corpus is a
VIEW NT
C a m b r id g e
Ш
TOUCHSTONE О m u lti-b illio n word collection o f w ritte n Ш
,|UDENT‘Sbook
and spoken English. It includes the
TOUCHSTONE 0 Cambridge Learner Corpus, a unique U N IV E R S IT Y P R E S S
bank of exam candidate papers.
www.cambridge.org
TOUCHSTONE 0 Our authors study the Corpus to see how English is
really used, and to id en tify typical learner mistakes.
IS B N - 1 3 : T 7 fl- 1 1 0 7 b fll7 3 b
TOUCHSTONE О This means tha t Cambridge m aterials help students to
III 90000
avoid mistakes, and you can be confident the language
VIEWPOINT О taught is useful, natural and fu lly up to date.
www.cambridge.org/corpus
VIEWPOINT 0
C A M B R ID G E Q U A L IT Y G U A R A N TE E
A d van ced